Commit graph

6256 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Michael Braun
cc9c805a51 VLAN: Use stack instead of heap allocation for new interface name
The VLAN ifname is limited to the maximum length of IFNAMSIZ, so there
is no need to use heap allocation for it.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 18:29:58 +02:00
Michael Braun
d48d1b88d0 FT: Use BSSID as r1_key_holder if no value is configured
r1_key_holder is an identifier that was always set to zero if unless
configured before.

See 11.6.1.7.4 of IEEE Std 802.11-2012 which reads
 "R1KH-ID is a MAC address of the holder of the PMK-R1 in the
  Authenticator of the AP"
See 12.2.2 of IEEE Std 802.11-2012 which reads
 "Each R0KH-ID and R1KH-ID is assumed to be expressed as a unique
  identifier within the mobility domain."
 "The R1KH-ID shall be set to a MAC address of the physical entity
  that stores the PMK-R1 ..."

Defaulting this to BSSID is a more reasonable value since we have not
rejected the missing r1_key_holder as invalid configuration.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 17:56:42 +02:00
Michael Braun
71456dbdf2 FT: Check hapd->wpa_auth before RRB internal delivery
A malicious station could try to do FT-over-DS with a non WPA-enabled
BSS. When this BSS is located in the same hostapd instance, internal RRB
delivery will be used and thus the FT Action Frame will be processed by
a non-WPA enabled BSS. This processing used to crash hostapd as
hapd->wpa_auth is NULL. If the target BSS is on a different hostapd
instance, it will not listen for these packets and thus not crash.

Fix this by checking hapd->wpa_auth before delivery.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 17:45:45 +02:00
Michael Braun
0270bdedcc FT: Fix R0KH-R1KH protocol data length values
The FT RRB hostapd packets have a length field. For PULL frames, it
counted the bytes starting with nonce and up to the last before pad. For
RESP frames, it counted the bytes starting with nonce and up to the last
before pad except for 2 bytes. For PUSH frames, it counted the bytes
starting with nonce and up to including pad.

As rounding is done with AES encryption, including pad does not make
sense. Not including the last field before pad does not make sense
either. These were broken in the earlier addition of the 2 octet
pairwise field in commit 1b484d60e5 ('FT:
Include pairwise cipher suite in PMK-R0 SA and PMK-R1 SA').

AES encryption is not affected, as rounding hides the differences. The
packets data_length field is not used, so the differences have no effect
there.

This patch changes the constants to match the bytes used, thus excluding
the pad. To validate the changes, look at remainder modulo 8 of the sum
of the size constants and the padding sizes.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 15:43:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eb20cea590 nl80211: Add an option to specify the BSSID to scan for
This allows scans to be optimized when a response is needed only from a
single, known BSS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-26 17:19:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
adf0478e8e AP: Store STA supported operating classes information
This makes hostapd track Supported Operating Classes information from
the associated STAs. The stored information is available through the STA
control interface command (supp_op_classes row) as a hexdump of the
Supported Operating Classes element starting from the Length field. This
information can be used as input to BSS transition management and
channel switching decisions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-24 12:20:31 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
077dcfb8c4 AP: Debug print management frame TX result
Inside management frame TX status callback, print the TX result where it
was missing. This is useful for debugging management frame drops.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 21:51:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ca911d61f3 MBO: Parse non-preferred channel list on the AP
This adds parsing of non-preferred channel list on an MBO AP. The
information in (Re)Association Request and WNM Notification Request
frames is parsed to get the initial value and updates from each
associated MBO STA. The parsed information is available through the STA
control interface command non_pref_chan[i] rows.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 21:17:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f48274d0e WNM: Fix a memory leak on AP error path
If the second memory allocation in ieee802_11_send_wnmsleep_resp() were
to fail and ieee80211_11_get_tfs_ie() succeed, the wnmtfs_ie allocation
would not have been freed on the error path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Michael Braun
f5ca1766dc VLAN: Fix vlan_compare() for tagged VLANs
While refactoring VLAN comparison into vlan_compare(), it was overlooked
that modifications are needed for tagged VLAN support.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4c572281ed MBO: Mandate use of PMF for WPA2+MBO association (AP)
If WPA2 and MBO are enabled, PMF needs to be enabled in hostapd
configuration. If PMF is optional in the configuration, an MBO STA is
required to negotiate use of PMF.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8dd49f0cff MBO: Update STA cellular data capability based on WNM Notification
This makes hostapd parse a received WNM Notification Request frame
subelements and if a WFA MBO cellular data capability subelement is
seen, update the cellular data capability for the STA.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6332aaf3b2 MBO: Track STA cellular data capability from association request
This makes hostapd parse the MBO attribute in (Re)Association Request
frame and track the cellular data capability (mbo_cell_capa=<val> in STA
control interface command).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f3cb7a6969 WNM: Minimal processing for WNM Notification Request frames on AP
Write debug log entries on receiving WNM Notification Request frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e578343457 MBO: Indicate WNM-Notification support on AP when MBO is enabled
This is needed to allow MBO STAs to send WNM Notification Request
frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
990b7b6f38 Simplify hostapd_build_ap_extra_ies() with helper functions
This removes multiple copies of wpabuf_resize() following by
wpabuf_put_{buf,data}() with the help of two simple helper functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f4c74e1360 MBO: Parse MBO IE in ieee802_11_parse_elems()
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
Avraham Stern
c0e2a172a7 hostapd: Add MBO IE to BSS Transition Management Request frame
Add an option to add MBO IE to BSS Transition Management Request frame.
The MBO IE includes the transition reason code, cellular data connection
preference, and, if the disassoc imminent bit is set, it may also
include re-association retry delay. Otherwise, the re-association retry
delay should be set to zero.

The additional BSS_TM_REQ argument uses the following format:
mbo=<reason>:<reassoc delay>:<cell pref>
reason: 0-9
reassoc delay: 0-65535 (seconds; 0 = disabled)
cell pref: 0, 1, 255

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
Avraham Stern
fb9a1c3e28 hostapd: Add MBO IE to Beacon, Probe Response, Association Response
Add MBO IE with AP capability attribute to Beacon, Probe Response, and
(Re)Association Response frames to indicate the AP supports MBO.

Add option to add Association Disallowed attribute to Beacon, Probe
Response, and (Re)Association Response frames. Usage:

SET mbo_assoc_disallow <reason code>

Valid reason code values are between 1-5. Setting the reason code to
0 will remove the Association Disallowed attribute from the MBO IE
and will allow new associations.

MBO functionality is enabled by setting "mbo=1" in the config file.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
Avraham Stern
84d1c0fd5a WNM: Add candidate list to BSS transition response
Add the transition candidate list to BSS Transition Management Response
frame. The candidates preference is set using the regular wpa_supplicant
BSS selection logic. If the BSS transition request is rejected and
updated scan results are not available, the list is not added.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
David Spinadel
cf11ab7f03 utils: Derive phy type by frequency and bandwidth
Add a function to derive phy type from frequency and bandwidth
as defined in IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013 Annex C (dot11PHYType).

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
Avraham Stern
dd5999084e MBO: Parse MBO IE in BSS Transition Management Request frames
Add parsing of MBO IE in BSS Transition Management Request frames. If
the MBO IE includes the association retry delay attribute, do not try to
reconnect to the current BSS until the delay time is over.

If the MBO IE includes the cellular data connection preference attribute
or the transition rejection reason attribute, send a message to upper
layers with the data.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
Avraham Stern
7d46f586de MBO: Add global operating class definitions
Add definitions for global operating classes. These definitions will be
used to construct supported operating classes information element.

The operating classes definitions used locally for P2P module will be
removed and included in the general operating classes definitions.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
David Spinadel
92c6e2e3a9 MBO: Implement MBO non-preferred channel report in Association Request
Add MBO IE with non-preferred channels to (Re)Association Request
frames.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
David Spinadel
425dd78ad2 MBO: Add Multi Band Operation definitions
These are based on the specification draft WFA_MBO_TechSpec_v0.0_r19.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-02-21 17:51:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a15995819a ndis: Use the new get_ie() helper to avoid duplicated code
This removes more duplicated implementation of finding the first IE
based on the id.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-21 17:32:47 +02:00
Avraham Stern
231b04b6cb utils: Share a single helper function to get IE by ID
Add a helper function to find a certain IE inside IEs buffer by ID and
use this function in several places that implemented similar
functionality locally.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-02-21 17:14:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
75cc211d6b VLAN: Check vlan_desc validity in a failure debug print
The recent VLAN changes added an explicit code path that sets vlan_desc
= NULL within ap_sta_set_vlan(). This makes some code analyzers warn
about the debug print that could potentially dereference this pointer.
Silence that warning by verifying the pointer more consistently within
this function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-20 19:22:43 +02:00
Nick Lowe
43022abdb9 Use 64-bit TX/RX byte counters for statistics
If the driver supports 64-bit TX/RX byte counters, use them directly.
The old 32-bit counter extension is maintained for backwards
compatibility with older drivers.

For nl80211 driver interface, the newer NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64 and
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64 attributes are used when available. This
resolves the race vulnerable 32-bit value wrap/overflow. Rework RADIUS
accounting to use these for Acct-Input-Octets, Acct-Input-Gigawords,
Acct-Output-Octets, and Acct-Output-Gigawords, these values are often
used for billing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-20 19:03:10 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
3f81ac0762 AP: Set STA assoc flag in the driver before sending Assoc Resp frame
Previously, stations were added to the driver only after the
(Re)Association Response frame was acked. In the time period between the
station has acked the (Re)Association Response frame and the time the
station was added to the kernel, the station can already start sending
Data frames, which will be dropped by the hardware/driver. In addition
to the data loss, the driver may ignore NDPs with PM bit set from this
STA.

Fix this by setting/adding the STA with associated flag set to the
driver before the AP sends the (Re)Association Response frame with
status success. If the (Re)Association Response frame wasn't acked,
remove the station from the driver.

Note that setting a station to associated state before the non-AP
station acknowledges the (Re)Association Response frame is not compliant
with the IEEE 802.11 standard that specifically states that a non-AP
station should transition to authenticated/associated state only after
it acknowledged the (Re)Association Response frame. However, this is a
justifiable simplification to work around the issue described above since

1. The station will be removed in case it does not acknowledge the
   (Re)Association Response frame.
2. All Data frames would be dropped until the station is set to
   authorized state and there are no known issues with processing the
   other Class 3 frames during the short window before the
   acknowledgement is seen.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2016-02-20 18:25:13 +02:00
Ayala Beker
bb598c3bdd AP: Add support for full station state
Add support for drivers that support full AP client state, i.e., can
handle adding stations that are not associated yet. For such drivers,
add a station after processing the authentication request, instead of
adding it in the association response callback.

Doing so is beneficial in cases where the driver cannot handle the add
station request, in which case it is useless to perform the complete
connection establishment.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-02-20 18:25:13 +02:00
Ayala Beker
dc55b6b672 nl80211: Add support for full station state operations
This provides means for determining whether the driver supports full AP
station state and setting the needed STA flags for using this
functionality.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-02-20 18:25:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5558b9980f EAP-FAST peer: Remove fixed return value from eap_fast_parse_phase1()
This function was always returning 0, so the error path was unreachable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-20 10:07:29 +02:00
Nick Lowe
4b16c15bbc EAP-pwd server: Use os_get_random() for unpredictable token
Do not use os_random() that uses a low quality PRNG to generate the
anti-clogging token. The construction can be improved upon by replacing
it with a call to os_get_random(), which uses a high quality PRNG. While
the RFC 5931 explictly recommends not to do this ("SHOULD NOT be from a
source of random entropy"), it does still mandate unpredicability ("MUST
be unpredictable"). The anti-clogging token is most unpredictable when
it is taken from a high quality PRNG.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-19 18:44:40 +02:00
Nick Lowe
239952b4da DFS: Remove the os_random() fallback
Remove the fallback dependency on os_random() from the code that gets a
valid DFS channel. This is exceptionally unlikely to ever be called as
the call to os_get_random() is unlikely to fail. The intention is to
facilitate future removal of os_random() as it uses a low quality PRNG.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-19 18:44:40 +02:00
Nick Lowe
98a516eae8 WPS: Use only os_get_random() for PIN generation
Remove the fallback dependency on os_random() when generating a WPS pin.
This is exceptionally unlikely to ever be called as the call to
os_get_random() is unlikely to fail. The intention is to facilitate
future removal of os_random() as it uses a low quality PRNG.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-19 18:44:40 +02:00
Nick Lowe
f441e5af77 Use os_get_random() for Shared Key authentication challenge
Do not use the system clock or os_random() that uses a low quality PRNG
as part of the pseudo-random challenge in auth_shared_key(). The
construction can be improved upon by replacing it with a call to
os_get_random(), which uses a high quality PRNG.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-19 18:44:40 +02:00
Nick Lowe
8c676b5056 Add RADIUS Service-Type attribute with a value of Framed
This seems to be the common value used by APs and also mentioned in RFC
3580.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-19 18:44:39 +02:00
Masashi Honma
09d96de09e mesh: Drop Authentication frames from BLOCKED STA
Previously, only mesh Action frames from BLOCKED STA were dropped.
Extend that to drop Authentication frames as well.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-02-18 21:27:06 +02:00
Masashi Honma
70c93963ed SAE: Fix PMKID calculation for PMKSA cache
The SAE PMKID is calculated with IEEE Std 802.11-2012 11.3.5.4, but the
PMKID was re-calculated with 11.6.1.3 and saved into PMKSA cache. Fix
this to save the PMKID calculated with 11.3.5.4 into the PMKSA cache.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-02-18 21:07:47 +02:00
Nick Lowe
1492fbb90c Print Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id 64-bit values
These are now 64-bit variables and the printf formats and type casts
need to be updated to match.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-18 20:58:21 +02:00
Roy Marples
e21cecaf54 kqueue: Use 0 instead of NULL for udata
Use 0 for udata instead of NULL for portability.
NetBSD uses uintptr_t, others a pointer.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-18 17:40:12 +02:00
Roy Marples
640b0b933a ctype functions require an unsigned char
Ensure that characters are represented as unsigned char when using
isblank() and isspace(). These function take in a "int c" argument, but
it needs to be unsigned for the cases where EOF is not indicated.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-18 17:39:00 +02:00
Roy Marples
a5a3efccc2 Fix compile on NetBSD for vlan
Shuffle includes above system ones so to fix a compile issue
on NetBSD where the if_type #define from <net/if.h>
conflicts with the wpa_driver_if_type enum.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-18 17:09:14 +02:00
Roy Marples
a084c24469 wired: Fix compile on NetBSD for wired driver
Shuffle wpa_supplicant includes above system ones so that
to fix a compile problem on NetBSD where if_type #define
conflicts with the wpa_driver_if_type enum.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-18 17:03:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
99a94f5588 nl80211: Avoid wpa_printf %s call with NULL pointer in set_param()
While most C libraries print "(null)" when NULL is used as an argument
to printf format string %s, this is not really necessary to print here,
so move the debug print to be after the NULL check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-18 11:59:58 +02:00
Michael Braun
8be640b780 VLAN: Add per-STA vif option
This allows the stations to be assigned to their own vif. It does not
need dynamic_vlan to be set. Make hostapd call ap_sta_set_vlan even if
!vlan_desc.notempty, so vlan_id can be assigned regardless.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-17 11:46:13 +02:00
Michael Braun
d0bdc96bdd VLAN: Actually add tagged VLANs to AP_VLAN
This makes vlan_newlink() and vlan_dellink() add tagged VLANs to AP_VLAN
interfaces as given by struct vlan_description.

hostapd_vlan_if_remove() is done in vlan_dellink() as tagged interfaces
need to be removed before the interface can be deleted and a DELLINK
message can be generated.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-17 11:46:13 +02:00
Michael Braun
f9c00188ca VLAN: Factor out per-vid code in newlink/dellink
To prepare for adding tagged VLAN support in vlan_init.c, vlan_newlink()
and vlan_dellink() are split into multiple functions. This reduces
indention and eases adding tagged VLANs as well.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-17 11:46:13 +02:00
Michael Braun
8e44c192da radius: Add tagged VLAN parsing
1. Add tagged VLAN to struct vlan_description
    (compile limited number of tagged VLANs per description)
    For k tagged VLANs, the first k entries in vlan_description.tagged
    are used. They are sorted in ascending order. All other entries are
    zero. This way os_memcmp() can find identical configurations.
2. Let tagged VLANs be parsed from RADIUS Access-Accept
3. Print VLAN %d+ with %d=untagged VID if tagged VLANs are set
4. Select an unused vlan_id > 4096 for new tagged VLAN configurations
5. Add EGRESS_VLAN RADIUS attribute parsing also for untagged VLANs

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-17 11:46:13 +02:00
Michael Braun
1889af2e0f VLAN: Separate station grouping and uplink configuration
Separate uplink configuration (IEEE 802.1q VID) and grouping of stations
into AP_VLAN interfaces.

The int vlan_id will continue to identify the AP_VLAN interface the
station should be assigned to. Each AP_VLAN interface corresponds to an
instance of struct hostapd_vlan that is uniquely identified by int
vlan_id within an BSS.

New: Each station and struct hostapd_vlan holds a struct
vlan_description vlan_desc member that describes the uplink
configuration requested. Currently this is just an int untagged IEEE
802.1q VID, but can be extended to tagged VLANs and other settings
easily.

When the station was about to be assigned its vlan_id, vlan_desc and
vlan_id will now be set simultaneously by ap_sta_set_vlan(). So
sta->vlan_id can still be tested for whether the station needs to be
moved to an AP_VLAN interface.

To ease addition of tagged VLAN support, a member notempty is added to
struct vlan_description. Is is set to 1 if an untagged or tagged VLAN
assignment is requested and needs to be validated. The inverted form
allows os_zalloc() to initialize an empty description.

Though not depended on by the code, vlan_id assignment ensures:
  * vlan_id = 0 will continue to mean no AP_VLAN interface
  * vlan_id < 4096 will continue to mean vlan_id = untagged vlan id
    with no per_sta_vif and no extra tagged vlan.
  * vlan_id > 4096 will be used for per_sta_vif and/or tagged vlans.

This way struct wpa_group and drivers API do not need to be changed in
order to implement tagged VLANs or per_sta_vif support.

DYNAMIC_VLAN_* will refer to (struct vlan_description).notempty only,
thus grouping of the stations for per_sta_vif can be used with
DYNAMIC_VLAN_DISABLED, but not with CONFIG_NO_VLAN, as struct
hostapd_vlan is still used to manage AP_VLAN interfaces.

MAX_VLAN_ID will be checked in hostapd_vlan_valid and during setup of
VLAN interfaces and refer to IEEE 802.1q VID. VLAN_ID_WILDCARD will
continue to refer to int vlan_id.

Renaming vlan_id to vlan_desc when type changed from int to struct
vlan_description was avoided when vlan_id was also used in a way that
did not depend on its type (for example, when passed to another
function).

Output of "VLAN ID %d" continues to refer to int vlan_id, while "VLAN
%d" will refer to untagged IEEE 802.1q VID.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-17 11:46:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3a583e0023 OpenSSL: Fix PKCS#12 parsing of extra certificates with OpenSSL 1.0.1
Commit 8bcf8de827 ('OpenSSL: Fix memory
leak in PKCS12 additional certificate parsing') tried to fix a memory
leak in both the 1.0.2(and newer) and 1.0.1 branches of PKCS12 parsing.
However, the 1.0.1 case was not properly tested and freeing of the
certificate after a successful SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert() call
resulted in use of freed memory when going through the TLS handshake.
Fix this by not freeing the certificate in that specific case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 18:30:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
24c382af7a TDLS: Clean up os_memcmp use
Ciuple of the nonce comparisons used a strange '!os_memcmp() == 0' to
check if the values were different. While this resulted in correct
behavior, the construction is not exactly clear and clang has started
warning about this (-Wlogical-not-parentheses). Clean this up by using
'os_mecmp() != 0'.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 15:49:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6136d43b8e trace: Free symbols on program exit
This makes valgrind memleak checks with CONFIG_WPA_TRACE=y somewhat
cleaner.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 14:10:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8bcf8de827 OpenSSL: Fix memory leak in PKCS12 additional certificate parsing
The additional PKCS12 certificates were not freed properly in the loop
added in commit de2a7b796d ('OpenSSL: Use
connection certificate chain with PKCS#12 extra certs').

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 13:29:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03e3ddf84e OpenSSL: Fix memory leak in HMAC_CTX compatibility wrapper function
Commit 5c9a33702f ('OpenSSL: Clean up
crypto_hash_*() to use a single implementation') added a wrapper
function to allow the new OpenSSL API to be used with older OpenSSL
versions. However, the HMAC_CTX_free() wrapper was incorrectly skipping
the call to HMAC_CTX_cleanup() which is still needed to free the
resources OpenSSL allocated internally.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 13:13:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d9a0f69747 OpenSSL: Fix memory leak in OCSP parsing
The result from OCSP_cert_to_id() needs to be freed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 00:40:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29bc76e3d3 OpenSSL: Do not use library init/deinit functions with 1.1.0
SSL_library_init() does not work properly after EVP_cleanup() starting
from OpenSSL 1.1.0 pre release 3. The automated library init/deinit
functions in that pre release are supposed to handle all initialization
and deinitialiation, so comment out the explicit calls to these function
with OpenSSL 1.1.0 and newer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 00:35:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f09637001 OpenSSL: Fix memory leak in subjectAltName parsing
The parsed data from X509_get_ext_d2i() needs to be freed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 00:35:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e60913b600 curl: Fix memory leak in subjectAltName parsing
The parsed data from X509_get_ext_d2i() needs to be freed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 00:33:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6014890bfb OpenSSL: Fix memory leak with EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new()
Commit 1eb87ae48d ('OpenSSL: Use
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new() to work with OpenSSL 1.1.0') started using
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new() to allocate EVP_CIPHER_CTX from heap instead of
using stack memory. This commit used incorrect EVP_CIPHER_CTX_reset()
function in number of cases when the allocated memory was supposed to be
freed instead of just reset for reuse. Fix this by using
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_free() properly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 00:30:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
99a17351c7 rfkill: Fix a memory leak
rfkill_init() uses realpath() which allocates memory and that memory was
not freed on the success path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-16 00:14:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f1e599b3b OpenSSL: Fix memory leak on error path
If SSL_CTX_new(SSLv23_method()) fails, tls_init() error path did not
free the allocated struct tls_data instance.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-15 21:53:33 +02:00
Lior David
b907491281 wpa_supplicant: Basic support for PBSS/PCP
PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) is a new BSS type for DMG
networks. It is similar to infrastructure BSS, having an AP-like
entity called PCP (PBSS Control Point), but it has few differences.
PBSS support is mandatory for IEEE 802.11ad devices.

Add a new "pbss" argument to network block. The argument is used
in the following scenarios:
1. When network has mode=2 (AP), when pbss flag is set will start
as a PCP instead of an AP.
2. When network has mode=0 (station), when pbss flag is set will
connect to PCP instead of AP.

The function wpa_scan_res_match() was modified to match BSS according to
the pbss flag in the network block (wpa_ssid structure). When pbss flag
is set it will match only PCPs, and when it is clear it will match only
APs.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-08 22:23:56 +02:00
Lior David
86b5c400a0 nl80211: Basic support for PBSS/PCP
PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) is a new BSS type for DMG
networks. It is similar to infrastructure BSS, having an AP-like
entity called PCP (PBSS Control Point), but it has few differences.
PBSS support is mandatory for IEEE 802.11ad devices.

Add a pbss flag to the relevant structures to support starting a PCP and
connecting to a PCP. Implement support in the nl80211 driver by using
the new PBSS flag attribute.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-08 22:16:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
afa453a28a Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2016-01-28.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-08 22:12:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d1d8a2bd62 EAP peer: Simplify buildNotify return
There is no need for the local variable and two return statements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-07 21:01:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1314bc11cf Clean up EAP peer PCSC identity functions
Leave out more code if PCSC_FUNCS is not defined since config->pcsc != 0
case cannot be used with such a build.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-07 20:51:04 +02:00
Nick Lowe
c06c9099f0 Use stronger PRNG for MS-MPPE-Send/Recv-Key salt
When generating a MS-MPPE-Send/Recv-Key, don't use a weak PRNG for the
salt.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-07 18:18:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e1f1bdb6f eloop: Clean up coding style for eloop debug prints
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-07 18:09:21 +02:00
Roy Marples
f9982b3212 Implement kqueue(2) support via CONFIG_ELOOP_KQUEUE
NOTE: kqueue has to be closed and re-build after forking. epoll *should*
do the same, but it seems that wpa_supplicant doesn't need it at least.

I have re-worked a little bit of the epoll code (moved into a similar
kqueue function) so it's trivial to requeue epoll if needed in the
future.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-07 18:09:19 +02:00
Roy Marples
2e69bdd16a eloop: Add eloop_sock_requeue()
This function can be used to re-build eloop socket tables after forking
for eloop implementations that need this.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-07 12:38:04 +02:00
Jörg Krause
70f4f052f1 wpa_ctrl: Retry select() on EINTR
Retry select() if it was interrupted by a signal.

Signed-off-by: Jörg Krause <joerg.krause@embedded.rocks>
2016-02-07 12:20:38 +02:00
Srinivasa Duvvuri
9684c7567e mesh: Fix peer link counting when a mesh peer reconnects
When a mesh point reconnects by starting from Authentication frame
sequence, the plink count was not decremented from its last connection.
This resulted in leaking peer link count and causing wpa_supplicant to
reject the connection after max_peer_links (default: 99) reconnects.

This was reproduced by pre-configuring 2 mesh points with mesh
credentials. Boot both mesh points and make sure they connect to each
other. Then in a loop reboot one of the mesh points after it
successfully connects while leaving the other mesh point up and running.
After 99 iterations the supplicant on mesh point that is not rebooting
will reject the connection request from the other mesh point.

Fix this by decrementing num_plinks when freeing a STA entry that is
still in PLINK_ESTAB state.

Signed-off-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri <sduvvuri@chromium.org>
2016-02-06 21:22:29 +02:00
Avraham Stern
360a9d5a8f P2P: Reduce off channel wait time for some P2P Action frames
Setting a long off channel wait time for P2P Action frames when
we know we are already on the right channel may cause a delay in
sending the Action frame (because the driver may not be able to
satisfy the request for long wait time until previous off channel
requests are over). This may be crucial for P2P response frames
that must be sent within 100 milliseconds of receiving the request.

Fix this by adjusting P2P Action frame wait times as follows:

 1. For GO Negotiation Response frame, shorten the wait time to 100 ms.
    This is reasonable because the peer has just sent us the GO
    Negotiation Request frame, so it is known to be on the right
    channel and is probably ready to send us the GO Negotiation
    Confirmation frame without delay.
 2. For GO Negotiation Confirmation, P2P Invitation Response, and
    Provision Discovery Response frames, there is no need for wait
    time at all as this is the last frame in the exchange. So set
    the wait time to 50 ms to ensure there is enough time to send the
    frame.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-02-06 18:19:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1fc63fe299 RADIUS: Share a single function for generating session IDs
There is no need to maintain three copies of this functionality even if
it is currently implemented as a single function call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-06 17:19:35 +02:00
Nick Lowe
2cbc6ffb3a RADIUS: Redesign Request Authenticator generation
Simplify and make properly random the generation of the Request
Authenticator.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-06 17:19:35 +02:00
Nick Lowe
b71a64aa01 Send an Acct-Multi-Session-Id attribute in Access-Request packets
Previously, this was included only in Accounting-Request packets.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-06 17:13:21 +02:00
Nick Lowe
4260e1a1ff Add Acct-Session-Id to Accounting-On/Off
An Acct-Session-Id is required on Accounting-On and Accounting-Off forms
of Accounting-Request.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-06 17:11:01 +02:00
Nick Lowe
d72a00539c RADIUS: Use more likely unique accounting Acct-{,Multi-}Session-Id
Rework the Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id implementation to
give better global and temporal uniqueness. Previously, only 32-bits of
the Acct-Session-Id would contain random data, the other 32-bits would
be incremented. Previously, the Acct-Multi-Session-Id would not use
random data. Switch from two u32 variables to a single u64 for the
Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id. Do not increment, this serves
no legitimate purpose. Exclusively use os_get_random() to get quality
random numbers, do not use or mix in the time. Inherently take a
dependency on /dev/urandom working properly therefore. Remove the global
Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id values that serve no
legitimate purpose.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-06 17:10:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d689317ddb EAPOL auth: Move radius_cui/identity freeing to eapol_auth_free()
These can get allocated within eapol_auth_alloc(), so it is more logical
to free them in eapol_auth_free() instead of ieee802_1x_free_station()
that ends up calling eapol_auth_free().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-06 16:32:22 +02:00
Roshan Pius
0ae86f9043 wpa_supplicant: Fix couple of C++ compiler errors with header files
Need to include these headers in C++ files for adding a binder interface
to wpa_supplicant. So, fix the following C++ compiler errors in them:
1. Add explicit C-style casts in wpa_buf.h header.
2. Move the nested definition of wpa_driver_scan_ssid in driver.h
outside of wpa_driver_scan_params because it is used in another
structure below.

Signed-off-by: Roshan Pius <rpius@google.com>
2016-02-06 15:26:48 +02:00
Nick Lowe
9b6177a891 Add Event-Timestamp to all Accounting-Request packets
Event-Timestamp should be sent for all Accounting-Request packets and
only after the system clock has a sane value, not where there's a value
close to the Unix time epoch.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-06 01:24:59 +02:00
Max Stepanov
d179089b6d GAS: Calculate response buffer length of ANQP elements
Calculate the required length needed for the extra ANQP elements added
to GAS response buffer instead of using fixed size and truncating the
response if there was not sufficient space.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2016-02-06 01:19:32 +02:00
Ayala Beker
dda091cf51 OpenSSL: Fix server side PKCS#12 processing with extra certificates
Fix a possible null pointer dereference in tls_parse_pkcs12() when
loading a PKCS#12 file for the server keys and the file includes extra
certificates.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-02-06 01:14:43 +02:00
Ayala Beker
443c8e18de OpenSSL: Fix possible null pointer dereference on an OCSP error path
Fix possible null pointer dereference in check_ocsp_resp() if an memory
allocation fails.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-02-06 00:58:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e265838a43 EAP-FAST: Fix an error path in PAC binary format parsing
Need to clear the pac pointer for the first error case to avoid freeing
the previous PAC entry if the following entry has an invalid header.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-06 00:26:31 +02:00
Nick Lowe
479f46c4c2 Do not send Acct-Authentic in Accounting-On/Off
Acct-Authentic is used to indicate how the user was authenticated and as
such, should not be sent in Accounting-On and Accounting-Off.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-05 18:06:33 +02:00
Nick Lowe
696544efed RADIUS: Do not include Acct-Terminate-Cause in Accounting-On/Off
Per RFC 2866, 5.10, it is invalid to send Acct-Terminate-Cause in
Accounting-On and Accounting-Off (this is included only when
Acct-Status-Type is set to Stop).

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-05 17:59:07 +02:00
Eduardo Abinader
236053e532 Make fallback from HT40 to HT20 work
Ensure that if it is not possible to configure an allowed 20 MHz
channel pair, hostapd falls back to a single 20 MHz channel.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eabinader@ocedo.com>
2016-02-05 17:52:47 +02:00
Roy Marples
cb22e3b250 BSD: Zero ifindex on interface removal
If an interface is removed, zero the remembered ifindex.
Don't try to set properties on the interface when it is removed.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-05 17:40:45 +02:00
Rubin Xu
a8ef133f1d Android: Support multiple CA certs when connecting to EAP network
In the Android-specific case, make ca_cert directive parse a
space-separated list of hex-encoded CA certificate aliases following the
"keystores://" prefix. Server certificate validation should succeed as
long as the chain ends with one of them.

Signed-off-by: Rubin Xu <rubinxu@google.com>
2016-02-05 17:31:46 +02:00
Roy Marples
af060932de BSD: Disable interface on down
Instead of removing the interface when downed, disable it. Enable it
when it comes back up again.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-05 12:37:25 +02:00
Roy Marples
dc0ad60314 BSD: Use correct ifindex from route messages
Use the interface index from the correct structure according to the
message instead of assuming rtm_index is correct.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-05 12:36:44 +02:00
Roy Marples
5f17b2c60e BSD: __FUNCTION__ -> __func__
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-05 12:29:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2088ecb970 OSU: Add debug printing of more LogotypeExtn fields
Couple of the image info fields were not printed previously in debug
log. Add those to make this more complete.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-05 00:24:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0b905c8a87 Add the selector suite into wpa_parse_wpa_ie_rsn() "invalid group cipher"
This makes it easier to debug AP selection issues in case of a invalid
RSN element or use of customer cipher suites that are not supported by
wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-03 12:58:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03a72eacda VHT: Add an interoperability workaround for 80+80 and 160 MHz channels
Number of deployed 80 MHz capable VHT stations that do not support 80+80
and 160 MHz bandwidths seem to misbehave when trying to connect to an AP
that advertises 80+80 or 160 MHz channel bandwidth in the VHT Operation
element. To avoid such issues with deployed devices, modify the design
based on newly proposed IEEE 802.11 standard changes.

This allows poorly implemented VHT 80 MHz stations to connect with the
AP in 80 MHz mode. 80+80 and 160 MHz capable stations need to support
the new workaround mechanism to allow full bandwidth to be used.
However, there are more or less no impacted station with 80+80/160
capability deployed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-02 00:09:19 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
e15dcf6d1b nl8021: Avoid potential memory leak on error path
The called function nl80211_ht_vht_overrides() was not freeing "msg"
resource in error cases.

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <p.kushwaha@samsung.com>
2016-01-15 20:27:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6b418ce862 Fix wpa_supplicant build with IEEE8021X_EAPOL=y and CONFIG_NO_WPA=y
The PMKSA caching and RSN pre-authentication components were marked as
conditional on IEEE8021X_EAPOL. However, the empty wrappers are needed
also in a case IEEE8021X_EAPOL is defined with CONFIG_NO_WPA.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 20:04:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03269d558a AP: Print interface name in more STA events
This makes it easier to follow a debug log from a hostapd process that
manages multiple interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 19:32:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e8fde2134 AP: Fix Deauth/Disassoc TX status timeout handling
The ap_sta_deauth_cb and ap_sta_disassoc_cb eloop timeouts are used to
clear a disconnecting STA from the kernel driver if the STA did not ACK
the Deauthentication/Disassociation frame from the AP within two
seconds. However, it was possible for a STA to not ACK such a frame,
e.g., when the disconnection happened due to hostapd pruning old
associations from other BSSes and the STA was not on the old channel
anymore. If that same STA then started a new authentication/association
with the BSS, the two second timeout could trigger during this new
association and result in the STA entry getting removed from the kernel.

Fix this by canceling these eloop timeouts when receiving an indication
of a new authentication or association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 19:32:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
269f9d5d10 EAP peer: Use ifdef PCSC_FUNCS to get rid of compiler warnings
clang started warning about the use of || with constants that came from
PCSC_FUNCS not being enabled in the build. It seems to be easier to just
ifdef this block out completely since that has the same outcome for
builds that do not include PC/SC support.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 18:41:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c6e0b4bb86 FST: Get rid of gcc extensions in structure/array initialization
These constructions were causing warnings when build with clang.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 18:40:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ac2053b103 OpenSSL: Clean up openssl_digest_vector() to use a single implementation
Use compatibility wrapper functions to allow a single implementation
based on the latest OpenSSL API to be used to implement these functions
instead of having to maintain two conditional implementation based on
the library version.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 14:17:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5c9a33702f OpenSSL: Clean up crypto_hash_*() to use a single implementation
Use compatibility wrapper functions to allow a single implementation
based on the latest OpenSSL API to be used to implement these functions
instead of having to maintain two conditional implementation based on
the library version.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 14:14:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
587b0457e0 LibreSSL: Fix build with LibreSSL
The changes needed for OpenSSL 1.1.0 had broken this since LibreSSL is
defining OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER in a manner that claims it to be newer
than the current OpenSSL version even though it does not support the
current OpenSSL API.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 14:06:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0daa9f6a13 EAP-TTLS peer: Fix success after fragmented final Phase 2 message
If the final Phase 2 message needed fragmentation, EAP method decision
was cleared from UNCOND_SUCC or COND_SUCC to FAIL and that resulted in
the authentication failing when the EAP-Success message from the server
got rejected. Fix this by restoring the EAP method decision after
fragmentation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 13:37:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
465196ebd2 tests: aes_encrypt_init() and aes_decrypt_init() to use TEST_FAIL
Now the these functions cannot be made to fail by forcing the memory
allocation fail since the OpenSSL-internal version is used, add
TEST_FAIL check to allow OOM test cases to be converted to use the
TEST_FAIL mechanism without reducing coverage.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-14 19:44:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1eb87ae48d OpenSSL: Use EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new() to work with OpenSSL 1.1.0
The EVP_CIPHER_CTX structure will be made opaque in OpenSSL 1.1.0, so
need to use EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new() with it instead of stack memory. The
design here moves the older OpenSSL versions to use that dynamic
allocation design as well to minimize maintenance effort.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-14 19:30:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3fb3bea8e9 OpenSSL: Update session_secret callback to match OpenSSL 1.1.0 API
The SSL_CIPHER **cipher argument was marked const in OpenSSL 1.1.0
pre-release 2 similarly to how this is in BoringSSL. Fix build with that
in preparation for supporting OpenSSL 1.1.0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-14 19:28:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
814f43cff5 EAP server: Simplify EAP method registration call
Free the allocated structure in error cases to remove need for each EAP
method to handle the error cases separately. Each registration function
can simply do "return eap_server_method_register(eap);" in the end of
the function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-13 23:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
49a26bb3e3 EAP peer: Simplify EAP method registration call
Free the allocated structure in error cases to remove need for each EAP
method to handle the error cases separately. Each registration function
can simply do "return eap_peer_method_register(eap);" in the end of the
function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-13 23:30:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7ce5603251 EAP-WSC peer: Remove unused state values
The FRAG_ACK and DONE state were not used at all, so remove them.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-13 22:09:08 +02:00
Roy Marples
449a31662d bsd: Optimize socket use
Create global init to handle socket calls and route messages.
Register each interface inside the global driver so that
routing messages can find the interface based on rtm_ifindex.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-01-13 00:17:27 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
4653ceb750 nl80211: Report disassociated STA / lost peer for the correct BSS
We shouldn't use drv->ctx as it always points to the first BSS. When
using FullMAC driver with multi-BSS support it resulted in incorrect
treating nl80211 events. I noticed with with brcmfmac and BCM43602.

Before my change I was getting "disassociated" on a wrong interface:
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 IEEE 802.11: associated
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 WPA: pairwise key handshake completed (RSN)
wlan0: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 IEEE 802.11: disassociated

With this patch it works as expected:
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 IEEE 802.11: associated
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 WPA: pairwise key handshake completed (RSN)
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 IEEE 802.11: disassociated

This doesn't apply to hostapd dealing with SoftMAC drivers when handling
AP SME & MLME is done it hostapd not the firmware.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
2016-01-13 00:17:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
21cb63fffd OpenSSL: Fix client certificate chain building after PKCS#12 use
If wpa_supplicant was first configured with PKCS #12 -based client
certificate chain and then used with another network profile that used a
different certificate chain from a X.509 certificate PEM file instead of
PKCS#12, the extra certificate chain was not reconstructed properly with
older versions of OpenSSL that 1.0.2. This could result in the
authentication failing due to the client certificate chain not being
complete or including incorrect certificates.

Fix this by clearing the extra certificate chain when setting up a new
TLS connection with OpenSSL 1.0.1. This allows OpenSSL to build the
chain using the default mechanism in case the new TLS exchange does not
use PKCS#12.

The following hwsim test case sequence was able to find the issue:
ap_wpa2_eap_tls_pkcs12 ap_wpa2_eap_tls_intermediate_ca_ocsp

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-07 17:54:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
12a81b64e1 ACS: Remove unreachable case from a debug print
n_chans can have only values 1, 2, or 4 in this function, so the -1 case
could never be reached. Remove the unreachable case to get rid of static
analyzer warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-07 16:50:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
896607d36b Remove a pointer check that can never be true
chan is set to the result of pointer arithmetic (pointer to an entry in
an array) that can never be NULL. As such, there is no need to check for
it to be non-NULL before deference. Remove this check to avoid
complaints from static analyzers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-07 16:47:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a95cc47a92 ACS: Be more consistent with iface->current_mode checks
Offloading of ACS to the driver changed the design a bit in a way that
iface->current_mode could actually be NULL when the offloaded ACS
mechanism supports band selection in addition to channel selection. This
resulted in a combination that is too complex for static analyzers to
notice. While acs_init() can be called with iface->current_mode == NULL
that is only in the case where WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_ACS_OFFLOAD is in use.
In other words, the actual ACS functions like acs_cleanup() that would
dereference iface->current_mode are not used in such a case.

Get rid of static analyzer warnings by explicitly checking
iface->current_mode in acs_init() for the case where ACS offloading is
not used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-07 16:39:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6014e59c08 P2P: Print find_start in debug log when ignoring old scan results
This makes it easier to debug issues with old scan results being ignored
during P2P_FIND. A single rx_time would have been fine with
os_gettime(), but with os_get_reltime(), both rx_time and find_start
values are needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-07 13:41:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
64845c1f1a l2_packet: Extend bridge workaround RX processing to cover two frames
There was a race condition in how the l2_packet sockets got read that
could result in the same socket (e.g., non-bridge) to process both the
EAP-Success and the immediately following EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 instead of
each frame going in alternative order between the bridge and non-bridge
sockets. This could be hit, e.g., if the wpa_supplicant process did not
have enough CPU to process all the incoming frames without them getting
buffered and both sockets reporting frames simultaneously.

This resulted in the duplicated EAP-Success frame getting delivered
twice for processing and likely also the EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 getting
processed twice. While the latter does not do much harm, the former did
clear the EAP authentication state and could result in issues.

Fix this by extended the l2_packet Linux packet socket workaround for
bridge to check for duplicates against the last two received frames
instead of just the last one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-07 13:30:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a539abdbd l2_packet: Improve bridge workaround RX processing
It was possible for the packet socket on the bridge interface to receive
own transmitted frames between the bridge and non-bridge sockets
receiving the same incoming frame from a foreign host. This resulted in
the hash checksum validation step failing to notice a duplicate RX due
to the own frame updating the store hash value.

The own frame did get dropping in RX EAPOL processing, but that was too
late to address the issue with duplicate RX. Fix this by dropping own
frames already in l2_packet layer before checking and updating the last
RX hash value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-07 00:24:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7a36f1184e EAP-PAX: Check hmac_sha1_vector() return value
This function can fail at least in theory, so check its return value
before proceeding. This is mainly helping automated test case coverage
to reach some more error paths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-06 21:12:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d41907bd9 nl80211: Add a missing space to a debug message
The "nl80211: New peer candidate" debug message did not have a space
before the MAC address.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-06 13:20:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
acc39435ff EAP-PEAP peer: Cryptobinding in fast-reconnect case with inner EAP
This was reported to fail with Windows 2012r2 with "Invalid Compound_MAC
in cryptobinding TLV". It turns out that the server decided to go
through inner EAP method (EAP-MSCHAPv2 in the reported case) even when
using PEAP fast-reconnect. This seems to be against the [MS-PEAP]
specification which claims that inner EAP method is not used in such a
case. This resulted in a different CMK being derived by the server (used
the version that used ISK) and wpa_supplicant (used the version where
IPMK|CMK = TK without ISK when using fast-reconnect).

Fix this interop issue by making wpa_supplicant to use the
fast-reconnect version of CMK derivation only when using TLS session
resumption and the server having not initiated inner EAP method before
going through the cryptobinding exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-05 23:50:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cba9ebfdc2 P2P: Try SD Query with each non-ACK peer only once per search iteration
The previous behavior of bursting out all retry attempts of an SD Query
frame during a single search/listen iteration does not look very helpful
in the case where the peer does not ACK the query frame. Since the peer
was found in the search, but is not ACKing frames anymore, it is likely
that it left its listen state and we might as well do something more
useful to burst out a significant number of frames in hopes of seeing
the peer.

Modify the SD Query design during P2P Search to send out only a single
attempt (with likely multiple link-layer retries, if needed) per
search/listen iteration to each peer that has pending SD queries. Once
no more peers with pending queries remain, force another Listen and
Search phase to go through before continuing with the pending SD
queries.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-05 01:03:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4f6cd3f426 Fix wpa_supplicant AP mode P2P IE handling if P2P is disabled
If P2P support is included in wpa_supplicant build (CONFIG_P2P=y), but
P2P functionality is explicitly disabled (e.g., "P2P_SET disabled 1"),
couple of AP management frame processing steps did not check against
hapd->p2p_group being NULL and could end up dereferencing a NULL pointer
if a Probe Request frame or (Re)Association Request frame was received
with a P2P IE in it. Fix this by skipping these steps if hapd->p2p_group
is NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-01 17:12:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
92acb40a2b Fix wpa_supplicant build with CONFIG_L2_PACKET=pcap
Commit e6dd8196e5 ('Work around Linux
packet socket regression') forgot to add the l2_packet_init_bridge()
wrapper for l2_packet_pcap.c while updating all the other l2_packet
options. This resulted in wpa_supplicant build failing due to missing
l2_packet_init_bridge() function when using CONFIG_L2_PACKET=pcap in
wpa_supplicant/.config. Fix this by adding the wrapper function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-01 16:50:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6e379c6c16 WPS: Testing mechanism to force auth/encr type flags
The new wps_force_{auth,encr}_types parameters can be used in test build
(CONFIG_WPS_TESTING) to force wpa_supplicant to use the specified value
in the Authentication/Encryption Type flags attribute. This can be used
to test AP behavior on various error cases for which there are
workarounds to cover deployed device behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-01 13:42:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea319127e4 WPS: Add a workaround for WPA2PSK missing from Enrollee auth flags
Some deployed implementations seem to advertise incorrect information in
this attribute. A value of 0x1b (WPA2 + WPA + WPAPSK + OPEN, but no
WPA2PSK) has been reported to be used. Add WPA2PSK to the list to avoid
issues with building Credentials that do not use the strongest actually
supported authentication option (that device does support WPA2PSK even
when it does not claim it here).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-01 13:42:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db671e0aee WPS: Do not build Credential with unsupported encr combination on AP
It was possible for the Registrar code to generate a Credential with
auth type WPAPSK (i.e., WPA v1) with encr type AES if the Enrollee
claimed support for WPAPSK and not WPA2PSK while the AP was configured
in mixed mode WPAPSK+WPA2PSK regardless of how wpa_pairwise (vs.
rsn_pairwise) was set since encr type was selected from the union of
wpa_pairwise and rsn_pairwise. This could result in the Enrollee
receiving a Credential that it could then not use with the AP.

Fix this by masking the encryption types separately on AP based on the
wpa_pairwise/rsn_pairwise configuration. In the example case described
above, the Credential would get auth=WPAPSK encr=TKIP instead of
auth=WPAPSK encr=AES.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-01 13:42:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d7c3347f59 HS 2.0: Postpone WNM-Notification sending by 100 ms
This makes it somewhat easier for the station to be able to receive and
process the encrypted WNM-Notification frames that the AP previously
sentt immediately after receiving EAPOL-Key msg 4/4. While the station
is supposed to have the TK configured for receive before sending out
EAPOL-Key msg 4/4, not many actual implementations do that. As such,
there is a race condition in being able to configure the key at the
station and the AP sending out the first encrypted frame after EAPOL-Key
4/4. The extra 100 ms time here makes it more likely for the station to
have managed to configure the key in time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-31 21:46:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
750f5d9964 EAP-FAST: Enable AES256-based TLS cipher suites with OpenSSL
This extends the list of TLS cipher suites enabled for EAP-FAST to
include AES256-based suites.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-31 20:52:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1ebb24bbfb OpenSSL: Share a single openssl_tls_prf() implementation
Add SSL_SESSION_get_master_key() compatibility wrapper for older OpenSSL
versions to be able to use the new openssl_tls_prf() implementation for
OpenSSL 1.1.0 with all supported versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-31 20:10:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dea20519aa OpenSSL: Clean up function to fetch client/server random
SSL_get_client_random() and SSL_get_server_random() will be added in
OpenSSL 1.1.0. Provide compatibility wrappers for older versions to
simplify the tls_connection_get_random() implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-31 18:15:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9a42d859a2 OpenSSL: Drop support for OpenSSL 1.0.0
The OpenSSL project will not support version 1.0.0 anymore. As there
won't be even security fixes for this branch, it is not really safe to
continue using 1.0.0 and we might as well drop support for it to allow
cleaning up the conditional source code blocks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-31 18:05:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de213e84e0 OpenSSL: Drop support for OpenSSL 0.9.8
The OpenSSL project will not support version 0.9.8 anymore. As there
won't be even security fixes for this branch, it is not really safe to
continue using 0.9.8 and we might as well drop support for it to allow
cleaning up the conditional source code blocks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-31 18:01:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e79eb0c660 P2P: Fix P2P_FIND while waiting for listen ROC to start in the driver
It was possible for the p2p->pending_listen_freq to be left indicating
that there is a pending ROC for a listen operation if a P2P_FIND command
was timed to arrive suitably between a previous Listen operation issuing
a ROC request and the kernel code starting that request. This could
result in the P2P state machine getting stuck unable to continue the
find ("P2P: p2p_listen command pending already").

Fix this by clearing p2p->pending_listen_freq when starting P2P_FIND
command execution.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-31 00:35:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aa256cb399 P2PS: Add group SSID, if known, to the P2PS-PROV-DONE event
The new optional group_ssid=<hexdump> argument in the P2PS-PROV-DONE
event can be used to help in identifying the exact group if there have
been multiple groups with the same P2P Interface Address in short period
of time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-30 18:59:03 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
071e3bf116 FST: Fix handling of Rx FST Setup Request when session already exists
When we receive FST Setup Request when session already exists, the
following validations take place:
1. we drop the frame if needed according to MAC comparison
2. we drop the frame if the session is "not pending", i.e., if FST
   Setup Response was already exchanged (sent or received).

There are two issues with the above:
1. MAC comparison is relevant only before the Setup Response exchange.
   In other words, Setup Request should not be dropped due to MAC
   comparison after Setup Response has been exchanged.
2. Receiving Setup Request after Setup Response exchange most likely
   means that FST state machine is out of sync with the peer. Dropping
   the Setup Request will not help solve this situation.

The fix is:
1. do MAC comparison only if session is "pending", i.e., Setup Response
   was not yet exchanged.
2. In case Setup Response was already exchanged, reset our session and
   handle the Setup Request as if it arrived when session doesn't exist.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-29 18:41:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
324ade51e1 TLS: Make tls_cert_chain_failure_event() more robust
Explicitly check for the failure event to include a certificate before
trying to build the event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-28 18:31:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c6231b5e1e TLS: Remove storing of never-read value
While this could in theory be claimed to be ready for something to be
added to read a field following the server_write_IV, it does not look
likely that such a use case would show up. As such, just remove the
unused incrementing of pos at the end of the function to get rid of a
useless static analyzer complaint.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-28 18:15:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
15a68138c1 Remove unnecessary cleanup assignment in SHA1Final()
This makes some static analyzers complain about stored value never being
read. While it is good to clear some other temporary variables, this
local variable i has no security private information (it has a fixed
value of 20 here) and trying to clear it to 0 does not add any value.
Remove that part of the "wipe variables" to avoid one useless static
analyzer complaint.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-28 18:12:03 +02:00
Ilan Peer
ef3866ab01 nl80211: Don't call linux_iface_up() for a dedicated P2P Device
As a dedicated P2P Device interface does not have a network
interface associated with it, trying to call linux_iface_up()
on it would always fail so this call can be skipped for
such an interface.

Getting interface nlmode can be done only after bss->wdev_id is
set, so move this call to wpa_driver_nl80211_finish_drv_init(),
and do it only in case the nlmode != NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-12-28 17:21:08 +02:00
Bob Copeland
6c33eed3ee mesh: Fix PMKID to match the standard
IEEE Std 802.11-2012 11.3.5.4 specifies the PMKID for SAE-derived keys
as:

   L((commit-scalar + peer-commit-scalar) mod r, 0, 128)

This is already calculated in the SAE code when the PMK is derived, but
not saved anywhere. Later, when generating the PMKID for plink action
frames, the definition for PMKID from 11.6.1.3 is incorrectly used.
Correct this by saving the PMKID when the key is generated and use it
subsequently.

Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2015-12-28 17:21:08 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
d99097177a wpa_supplicant: Enable Automatic Channel Selection support for AP mode
Since hostapd supports ACS now, let's enable its support in
wpa_supplicant as well when starting AP mode.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
[u.oelmann@pengutronix.de: rebased series from hostap_2_1~944 to master]
[u.oelmann@pengutronix.de: adjusted added text in defconfig]
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Ölmann <u.oelmann@pengutronix.de>
2015-12-24 22:24:05 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
96bc508684 Handle survey event properly in wpa_supplicant
Let's reuse hostapd code for such handling. This will be useful to get
ACS support into wpa_supplicant where this one needs to handle the
survey event so it fills in the result ACS subsystem will require.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
[u.oelmann@pengutronix.de: rebased series from hostap_2_1~944 to master]
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Ölmann <u.oelmann@pengutronix.de>
2015-12-24 21:35:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d39f796f43 EAP-TNC peer: Remove dead code related to fragmentation
The data->state == WAIT_FRAG_ACK case is already handling all cases
where data->out_buf could be non-NULL, so this additional check after
the WAIT_FRAG_ACK steps cannot be reached. Remove the duplicated dead
code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-24 19:16:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
abbbaa4997 TNC: Print received IF-TNCCS message as debug ASCII hexdump
This makes it easier to see what TNCC is processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-24 18:33:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d745f02e0e EAP-TNC peer: Allow fragment_size to be configured
Previously, a fixed 1300 fragment_size was hardcoded. Now the EAP
profile parameter fragment_size can be used to override this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-24 14:19:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a67e7e533a RADIUS: Add EACCES to list of recognized send() errno values
This allows RADIUS failover to be performed if send() return EACCES
error which is what happens after a recent Linux kernel commit
0315e382704817b279e5693dca8ab9d89aa20b3f ('net: Fix behaviour of
unreachable, blackhole and prohibit') for a local sender when route type
is prohibit.

This fixes the hwsim test case radius_failover when running against a
kernel build that includes that commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-24 12:43:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5bd9be4d17 Fix RADIUS Called-Station-Id to not escape SSID
Commit 986de33d5c ('Convert remaining SSID
routines from char* to u8*') started using wpa_ssid_txt() to print out
the SSID for the Called-Station-Id attribute in RADIUS messages. This
was further modified by commit 6bc1f95613
('Use printf escaping in SSID-to-printable-string conversion') to use
printf escaping (though, even without this, wpa_ssid_txt() would have
masked characters).

This is not desired for Called-Station-Id attribute. While it is defined
as a "String", RFC 2865 indicates that "a robust implementation SHOULD
support the field as undistinguished octets.".

Copy the SSID as an array of arbitrary octets into Called-Station-Id to
avoid any kind of masking or escaping behavior. This goes a step further
from the initial implementation by allowing even the possible (but
unlikely in practical use cases) 0x00 octet in the middle of an SSID.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-24 12:15:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0764dd6849 TLS client: Multi-OCSP check to cover intermediate CAs
This extends multi-OCSP support to verify status for intermediate CAs in
the server certificate chain.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-24 00:54:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d6b536f7e5 Add ocsp=3 configuration parameter for multi-OCSP
ocsp=3 extends ocsp=2 by require all not-trusted certificates in the
server certificate chain to receive a good OCSP status. This requires
support for ocsp_multi (RFC 6961). This commit is only adding the
configuration value, but all the currently included TLS library wrappers
are rejecting this as unsupported for now.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-24 00:54:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
02683830b5 TLS: Move variable declaration to the beginning of the block
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-24 00:54:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b5677752b2 TLS client: OCSP stapling with ocsp_multi option (RFC 6961)
This adds a minimal support for using status_request_v2 extension and
ocsp_multi format (OCSPResponseList instead of OCSPResponse) for
CertificateStatus. This commit does not yet extend use of OCSP stapling
to validate the intermediate CA certificates.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-22 20:44:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8ea6a27003 TLS server: OCSP stapling with ocsp_multi option (RFC 6961)
This allows hostapd with the internal TLS server implementation to
support the extended OCSP stapling mechanism with multiple responses
(ocsp_stapling_response_multi).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-22 20:44:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5addb0df59 Server configuration for OCSP stapling with ocsp_multi (RFC 6961)
This adds a new hostapd configuration parameter
ocsp_stapling_response_multi that can be used similarly to the existing
ocsp_stapling_response, but for the purpose of providing multiple cached
OCSP responses. This commit adds only the configuration parameter, but
does not yet add support for this mechanism with any of the supported
TLS implementations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-22 19:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bca0872dd5 TLS server: OCSP stapling
This adds support for hostapd-as-authentication-server to be build with
the internal TLS implementation and OCSP stapling server side support.
This is more or less identical to the design used with OpenSSL, i.e.,
the cached response is read from the ocsp_stapling_response=<file> and
sent as a response if the client requests it during the TLS handshake.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-22 17:53:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9532bd2b44 GnuTLS: OCSP stapling on the server side
This adds support for hostapd-as-authentication-server to be build
against GnuTLS with OCSP stapling server side support. This is more or
less identical to the design used with OpenSSL, i.e., the cached
response is read from the ocsp_stapling_response=<file> and sent as a
response if the client requests it during the TLS handshake.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-22 16:47:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6241766709 Use wpa_msg() for the "RSN: PMKID mismatch" message
This message is sent at MSG_INFO level and it is supposed to go out even
even debug messages were to be removed from the build. As such, use
wpa_msg() instead of wpa_dbg() for it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-22 11:22:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e161451fc8 EAP-EKE: Merge identical error return paths
There is no need to maintain multiple copies of the same error return
path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-22 00:10:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
13cb0a66d5 EAP-EKE: Reject too long Prot() data when building a frame
This error case in own buffer lengths being too short was not handled
properly. While this should not really happen since the wpabuf
allocation is made large for the fixed cases that are currently
supported, better make eap_eke_prot() safer if this functionally ever
gets extended with a longer buffer need.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-22 00:10:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a587666cba GAS server: Replenish temporary STA entry timeout on comeback request
Previously, the five second timeout was added at the beginning of the
full GAS query and it was not replenished during fragmented exchanges.
This could result in timing out a query if it takes significant time to
go through the possibly multiple fragments and long comeback delay.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-20 19:43:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cb73008594 EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST: Reject unsupported Phase 2 method in configuration
Instead of using default list of methods, reject a configuration with an
unsupported EAP method at the time the main TLS method is being
initialized.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-20 17:32:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
18704f6cdc EAP-TLS: Merge common error paths
There is no need to keep these identical error paths separate.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-20 17:25:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4f5c86e7bd EAP-PEAP peer: Fix a memory leak on an error path
If memory allocation for adding SoH response fails, the SoH response was
not freed properly on the error path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-20 17:25:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cd5895e8c5 WPA: Explicitly clear the buffer used for decrypting Key Data
When AES-WRAP was used to protect the EAPOL-Key Key Data field, this was
decrypted using a temporary heap buffer with aes_unwrap(). That buffer
was not explicitly cleared, so it was possible for the group keys to
remain in memory unnecessarily until the allocated area was reused.
Clean this up by clearing the temporary allocation explicitly before
freeing it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-20 10:52:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4b90fcdb76 EAP-PEAP peer: Check SHA1 result when deriving Compond_MAC
This handles a mostly theoretical case where hmac_sha1_vector() might
fail for some reason.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-19 20:34:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ca5838b01 EAP-PEAP server: Add support for fast-connect crypto binding
IPMK and CMK are derived from TK when using TLS session resumption with
PEAPv0 crypto binding. The EAP-PEAP peer implementation already
supported this, but the server side did not.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-19 20:22:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6560caf2ca EAP-PEAP peer: Remove unused return value and error path
eap_peap_parse_phase1() returned 0 unconditionally, so there was no need
for that return value or the code path that tried to address the error
case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-19 19:54:56 +02:00
Johannes Berg
0e92fb8fae rfkill: Match only the correct expected wiphy rfkill
On systems that have multiple WLAN rfkill instances, the rfkill code
can become confused into thinking that the device was unblocked when
in fact it wasn't, because it only matches on the WLAN type.

Since it then stores the new (unblocked) state from the wrong rfkill
instance, it will never retry the failing IFF_UP operation and the
user has to toggle rfkill again, or otherwise intervene manually, in
this case to get back to operational state.

Fix this by using the existing (but unused) ifname argument when the
rfkill instance is created to match to a specific rfkill index only.

As a P2P Device interface does not have a netdev interface associated
with it, use the name of a sibling interface to initialize the rfkill
context for the P2P Device interface. For nl80211, as the wiphy index
is known only after getting the driver capabilities from the kernel,
move the initialization of the rfkill object to
wpa_driver_nl80211_finish_drv_init().

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-12-18 22:26:18 +02:00
Ilan Peer
6da504a1f5 nl80211: Handle rfkill for P2P Device interface
The rfkill processing in nl80211 driver assumes that the
INTERFACE_ENABLED/DISABLED will be also issued, so does not do much in
the rfkill callbacks. However, as a P2P Device interface is not
associated with a network interface, these events are not issued for it.

Handle rfkill events for the P2P_DEVICE interface by faking the
INTERFACE_ENABLED/DISABLED.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <Moshe.Benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-12-18 22:26:18 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
dabdef9e04 TDLS: Ignore incoming TDLS Setup Response retries
The Setup Response timer is relatively fast (500 ms) and there are
instances where it fires on the responder side after the initiator has
already sent out the TDLS Setup Confirm frame. Prevent the processing of
this stale TDLS Setup Response frame on the initiator side.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2015-12-18 20:32:39 +02:00
Ayala Beker
819ad5b70b utils: Fix NULL pointer dereference with unexpected kernel behavior
Fix mostly theoretical NULL pointer dereference in
wpa_debug_open_linux_tracing() if /proc/mounts were to return a
malformed line.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2015-12-18 00:24:52 +02:00
Pali Rohár
f24e48861d EAP-TTLS peer: Fix parsing auth= and autheap= phase2 params
This patch fixes an issue with an invalid phase2 parameter value
auth=MSCHAPv2 getting interpreted as auth=MSCHAP (v1) which could
degrade security (though, only within a protected TLS tunnel). Now when
invalid or unsupported auth= phase2 parameter combinations are
specified, EAP-TTLS initialization throws an error instead of silently
doing something.

More then one auth= phase2 type cannot be specified and also both auth= and
autheap= options cannot be specified.

Parsing phase2 type is case sensitive (as in other EAP parts), so phase2
parameter auth=MSCHAPv2 is invalid. Only auth=MSCHAPV2 is correct.

Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
[Use cstr_token() to get rid of unnecessary allocation; cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-18 00:24:30 +02:00
Matt Woods
47c1de20a4 atheros: Unify memory processing functions
There are two types of memory processing functions in the file
atheros_driver.c, such as memory and os_memory. Unify the processing
functions into one type which has the prefix "os_".

Signed-off-by: Matt Woods <matt.woods@aliyun.com>
2015-12-17 23:29:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8ba8c01d0c TLS: Report OCSP rejection cases when no valid response if found
This adds a CTRL-EVENT-EAP-TLS-CERT-ERROR and CTRL-EVENT-EAP-STATUS
messages with 'bad certificate status response' for cases where no valid
OCSP response was received, but the network profile requires OCSP to be
used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-17 11:47:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f163ed8bae TLS: Process OCSP SingleResponse(s)
This completes OCSP stapling support on the TLS client side. Each
SingleResponse value is iterated until a response matching the server
certificate is found. The validity time of the SingleResponse is
verified and certStatus good/revoked is reported if all validation step
succeed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-17 11:28:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e3271dcd1 TLS: Store DER encoded version of Subject DN for X.509 certificates
This is needed for OCSP issuerNameHash matching.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-17 11:28:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
32ce69092e TLS: Share digest OID checkers from X.509
These will be used by the OCSP implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-17 11:28:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b72a36718f TLS: Support longer X.509 serialNumber values
This extends the old support from 32 or 64 bit value to full 20 octets
maximum (RFC 5280, 4.1.2.2).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-17 01:41:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af4eba16ce TLS: Parse and validate BasicOCSPResponse
This adds the next step in completing TLS client support for OCSP
stapling. The BasicOCSPResponse is parsed, a signing certificate is
found, and the signature is verified. The actual sequence of OCSP
responses (SignleResponse) is not yet processed in this commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-17 00:48:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
06f14421ea TLS: Parse OCSPResponse to extract BasicOCSPResponse
This adds the next step for OCSP stapling. The received OCSPResponse is
parsed to get the BasicOCSPResponse. This commit does not yet process
the BasicOCSPResponse.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-14 15:49:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d560288a44 TLS: Parse CertificateStatus message
This allows the internal TLS client implementation to accept
CertificateStatus message from the server when trying to use OCSP
stapling. The actual OCSPResponse is not yet processed in this commit,
but the CertificateStatus message is accepted to allow the TLS handshake
to continue.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-14 15:49:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eeba168453 TLS: Add status_request ClientHello extension if OCSP is requested
This allows the internal TLS implementation to request server
certificate status using OCSP stapling. This commit is only adding code
to add the request. The response is not yet used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-14 15:49:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4303d531a8 TLS: Parse ServerHello extensions
This prints the received ServerHello extensions into the debug log and
allows handshake to continue even if such extensions are included.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-14 15:49:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6b7bb42923 TLS: Add minimal support for PKCS #12
This allows the internal TLS implementation to parse a private key and a
certificate from a PKCS #12 file protected with
pbeWithSHAAnd3-KeyTripleDES-CBC.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-14 15:49:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ce2941bfe TLS: Extend PKCS #5 to support PKCS #12 style key decryption
This adds support for decrypting private keys protected with the old
PKCS #12 mechanism using OID pbeWithSHAAnd3-KeyTripleDES-CBC.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-14 15:49:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f6a62df8e1 TLS: Fix and complete ASN.1 tag list
One of the unused defines had incorrect value and couple of tags were
missing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-13 22:12:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3c108b7573 EAP peer: External server certificate chain validation
This adds support for optional functionality to validate server
certificate chain in TLS-based EAP methods in an external program.
wpa_supplicant control interface is used to indicate when such
validation is needed and what the result of the external validation is.

This external validation can extend or replace the internal validation.
When ca_cert or ca_path parameter is set, the internal validation is
used. If these parameters are omitted, only the external validation is
used. It needs to be understood that leaving those parameters out will
disable most of the validation steps done with the TLS library and that
configuration is not really recommend.

By default, the external validation is not used. It can be enabled by
addingtls_ext_cert_check=1 into the network profile phase1 parameter.
When enabled, external validation is required through the CTRL-REQ/RSP
mechanism similarly to other EAP authentication parameters through the
control interface.

The request to perform external validation is indicated by the following
event:
CTRL-REQ-EXT_CERT_CHECK-<id>:External server certificate validation needed for SSID <ssid>

Before that event, the server certificate chain is provided with the
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT events that include the cert=<hexdump>
parameter. depth=# indicates which certificate is in question (0 for the
server certificate, 1 for its issues, and so on).

The result of the external validation is provided with the following
command:
CTRL-RSP-EXT_CERT_CHECK-<id>:<good|bad>

It should be noted that this is currently enabled only for OpenSSL (and
BoringSSL/LibreSSL). Due to the constraints in the library API, the
validation result from external processing cannot be reported cleanly
with TLS alert. In other words, if the external validation reject the
server certificate chain, the pending TLS handshake is terminated
without sending more messages to the server.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-12 18:24:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b6e5e14fd4 EAP-FAST peer: Fix PAC parser error messages
Do not override the parsing error with the "PAC block not terminated
with END" message if the reason for the END line not yet being seen is
in failure to parse an earlier line.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-12 12:00:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5b904b3e42 EAP-FAST: Check T-PRF result in MSK/EMSK derivation
Pass the error return from sha1_t_prf() to callers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-12 11:20:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b1d8c5ce6a EAP-FAST peer: Fix error path handling for Session-Id
It was possible to hit a NULL pointer dereference if Session-Id
derivation failed due to a memory allocation failure.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-12 11:12:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
36478a16e6 OpenSSL: Support new API for HMAC/EVP_MD_CTX in OpenSSL 1.1.x-pre1
The EVP_MD_CTX and HMAC_CTX definitions are now hidden from applications
using OpenSSL. Fix compilation issues with OpenSSL 1.1.x-pre1 by using
the new API for allocating these structures.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-10 18:11:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9257610a6e FT: Fix FTIE generation for EAPOL-Key msg 3/4
This FTIE needs to be an exact copy of the one in (Re)Association
Response frame. Copy the stored element rather than building a new copy
that would not have the correct MIC value. This is needed to fix PTK
rekeying after FT protocol run.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-10 00:14:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e44bd28cd1 FT: Fix sm->assoc_resp_ftie storing on the AP side
The FTIE from (Re)Association Response frame was copied before
calculating the MIC. This resulted in incorrect value being used when
comparing the EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 value in case PTK rekeying was used
after FT protocol run. Fix this by storing the element after the MIC
field has been filled in.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-10 00:14:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59e78c2408 FT: Fix FTIE generation for 4-way handshake after FT protocol run
wpa_insert_pmkid() did not support cases where the original RSN IE
included any PMKIDs. That case can happen when PTK rekeying through
4-way handshake is used after FT protocol run. Such a 4-way handshake
used to fail with wpa_supplicant being unable to build the EAPOL-Key msg
2/4.

Fix this by extending wpa_insert_pmkid() to support removal of the old
PMKIDs, if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-10 00:14:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b0ecbd3a4a AP: Use more readable version of management group cipher in error cases
This makes it easier to interpret AP side debug log for a case where a
station specifies in unsupported management group cipher.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-06 20:01:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
651c6a84af Add TEST_ASSOC_IE for WPA/RSN IE testing on AP side
The new wpa_supplicant control interface command "TEST_ASSOC_IE
<hexdump>" can now be used to override the WPA/RSN IE for Association
Request frame and following 4-way handshake to allow protocol testing of
AP side processing of WPA/RSN IE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-06 19:33:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5c8acf7d96 EAP-IKEv2: Check HMAC SHA1/MD5 result
Make the IKEv2 helper functions return a possible error return from the
HMAC routines.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-05 21:49:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4db29e6a8a TLS: Add support for PKCS #5 v2.0 PBES2
This extends the internal TLS support for PKCS #5 v2.0 PBES2 private key
format with des-ede3-cbc encryption and PBKDF2 SHA-1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-05 20:23:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8d27efa814 HTTP (curl): OCSP with BoringSSL
This adds experimental support for using OCSP with libcurl that is built
against BoringSSL. This needs small modifications to libcurl to allow
CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYSTATUS to be used to call
SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling(connssl->handle) in ossl_connect_step1().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-04 20:08:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
213e158ca8 BoringSSL: Move OCSP implementation into a separate file
This makes it easier to share the OCSP implementation needed for
BoringSSL outside tls_openssl.c. For now, this is mainly for
http_curl.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-04 20:08:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f846211e3e BoringSSL: Support new SHA_CTX definition for EAP-SIM PRF
BoringSSL modified the struct sha_state_st (SHA_CTX) definition by
converting h0..h4 with h[5] array. This broke wpa_supplicant/hostapd
build with EAP-SIM enabled. BoringSSL restored the old version for
ANDROID builds, but only the new version is currently defined for
non-Android cases. For now, fix this by having matching selection in
fips_prf_openssl.c based on OPENSSL_IS_BORINGSSL and ANDROID defines.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-04 11:30:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b34c623c07 OpenSSL: Fix build with current OpenSSL master branch snapshot
OpenSSL 1.1.x will apparently go out with "SSLeay" renamed in the API to
"OpenSSL", which broke the build here for fetching the version of the
running OpenSSL library when wpa_supplicant/hostapd is built against the
current OpenSSL snapshot.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-03 23:53:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
759a8a3a99 nl80211: Cancel all pending TX frame cookies
These needs to be cancelled so that the kernel driver does not get left
with all old entries blocking other offchannel operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-02 12:37:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9ea91cd67c EAP-EKE peer: Fix memory leak on error path
If DHComponent_P derivation fails (local crypto operation failure), the
message buffer was not freed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-01 00:20:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e559dc5ad WPS: Support parallel UPnP WPS protocol runs
This allows multiple external registrars to execute a WPS protocol run
with a WPS AP over UPnP. Previously, hostapd supported only a single WPS
peer entry at a time and if multiple ERs tried to go through a WPS
protocol instance concurrently, only one such exchange could succeed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-30 16:57:11 +02:00
Avraham Stern
09ea4309b6 nl80211: Add support for multiple scan plans for scheduled scan
Add 'scan plans' to driver scan parameters for scheduled scan.
Each 'scan plan' specifies the number of iterations to run the scan
request and the interval between iterations. When a scan plan
finishes (i.e., it was run for the specified number of iterations),
the next scan plan is executed. The last scan plan will run
infinitely.

The maximum number of supported scan plans, the maximum number of
iterations for a single scan plan and the maximum scan interval
are advertised by the driver.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2015-11-30 14:03:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
88119880e0 TLS client: Fix session_resumed status after TLS session ticket use
conn->session_resumed was not set to 1 after successful use of a TLS
session ticket with EAP-FAST. This resulted in the wpa_supplicant STATUS
tls_session_reused showing incorrect value (0 instead of 1) when
EAP-FAST PAC was used. Fix this by setting conn->session_resumed = 1
when TLS handshake using the session ticket succeeds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 23:52:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7fff91ae51 Fix tls_connection_prf() regression with CONFIG_TLS=internal
Commit af851914f8 ('Make
tls_connection_get_keyblock_size() internal to tls_*.c') broke
tls_connection_prf() with the internal TLS implementation when using
skip_keyblock=1. In practice, this broke EAP-FAST. Fix this by deriving
the correct number of PRF bytes before skipping the keyblock.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 23:40:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1adf262144 TLS: Add support for extKeyUsage X.509v3 extension
If the server/client certificate includes the extKeyUsage extension,
verify that the listed key purposes include either the
anyExtendedKeyUsage wildcard or id-kp-serverAuth/id-kp-clientAuth,
respectively.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 21:53:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
07555778a7 Add TEST_FAIL() support for internal hash functions
md4_vector(), md5_vector(), sha1_vector(), and sha256_vector() already
supported TEST_FAIL() with the OpenSSL crypto implementation, but the
same test functionality is needed for the internal crypto implementation
as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 21:01:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4104267e81 Fix memory leak on NFC DH generation error path
It was possible for some NFC DH generation error paths to leak memory
since the old private/public key was not freed if an allocation failed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 20:53:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5864dca5d TLS client: Add certificate chain validation failure callbacks
This adds more support for event_cb() calls for various server
certificate chain validation failures.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 20:32:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
896a97d712 TLS client: Add support for disabling TLS versions
The internal TLS client implementation in wpa_supplicant can now be used
with the phase2 parameters tls_disable_tlsv1_0=1, tls_disable_tlsv1_1=1,
and tls_disable_tlsv1_2=1 to disable the specified TLS version(s).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 20:03:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0cbc22b2eb TLS client: Use TLS_CONN_* flags
This makes it simpler to add support for new TLS_CONN_* flags without
having to add a new configuration function for each flag.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 19:48:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
20804fe844 TLS: Add support for tls_get_version()
This allows wpa_supplicant to return eap_tls_version STATUS information
when using the internal TLS client implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 19:41:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2a6ad01a9 TLS client: Add support for server certificate probing
The internal TLS client implementation can now be used with
ca_cert="probe://" to probe the server certificate chain. This is also
adding the related CTRL-EVENT-EAP-TLS-CERT-ERROR and
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT events.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 18:59:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b115eebe01 TLS: Add TLS v1.2 signature algorithm support for SHA384 and SHA512
This extends the internal TLS client implementation to support signature
algorithms SHA384 and SHA512 in addition to the previously supported
SHA256.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 18:21:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c0acec3934 crypto: Add CRYPTO_HASH_ALG_SHA384 and CRYPTO_HASH_ALG_SHA512
This extends the crypto_hash_*() API to support SHA384 and SHA512 when
built with CONFIG_TLS=internal.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 18:21:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0aed9156ef TLS client: Add signature_algorithms extension into ClientHello
Since we support only SHA256 (and not the default SHA1) with TLS v1.2,
the signature_algorithms extensions needs to be added into ClientHello.
This fixes interop issues with the current version of OpenSSL that uses
the default SHA1 hash if ClientHello does not specify allowed signature
algorithms.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-29 18:21:07 +02:00
Pali Rohár
9e8809a717 TLS client: Validate certificates with SHA384 and SHA512 hashes
This commit adds support for validating certificates with SHA384 and
SHA512 hashes. Those certificates are now very common so wpa_supplicant
needs support for them.

SHA384 and SHA512 hash functions are included in the previous commit.

Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
2015-11-29 18:21:05 +02:00
Pali Rohár
6bb6a9ce29 Add SHA384 and SHA512 implementations from LibTomCrypt library
These will be used with the internal TLS implementation to extend hash
algorithm support for new certificates and TLS v1.2.

Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
2015-11-29 18:19:32 +02:00
Pali Rohár
fdc1614264 TLS client: Add support for validating server certificate hash
This commit adds support for "hash://server/sha256/cert_hash_in_hex"
scheme in ca_cert property for the internal TLS implementation.

Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
2015-11-29 11:45:59 +02:00
Pali Rohár
3665776e4e TLS client: Do not verify CA certificates when ca_cert is not specified
In documentation is written: "If ca_cert and ca_path are not included,
server certificate will not be verified". This is the case when
wpa_supplicant is compiled with OpenSSL library, but when using the
internal TLS implementation and some certificates in CA chain are in
unsupported format (e.g., use SHA384 or SHA512 hash functions) then
verification fails even if ca_cert property is not specified.

This commit changes behavior so that certificate verification in
internal TLS implementation is really skipped when ca_cert is not
specified.

Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
2015-11-29 11:39:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
11c9ddb766 Add TEST_FAIL() condition to aes_128_cbc_encrypt/decrypt()
This enables more error path testing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-28 20:46:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea52a46e13 EAP-SIM peer: Fix memory leak on reauth error path
If init_for_reauth fails, the EAP-SIM peer state was not freed properly.
Use eap_sim_deinit() to make sure all allocations get freed. This could
be hit only if no random data could be derived for NONCE_MT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-28 20:46:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1a33c94ccc EAP-SAKE: Fix a typo in attribute parser debug print
Parsing AT_MSK_LIFE ended up writing a debug log entry with incorrect
attribute name (AT_IV).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-28 12:25:42 +02:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
3c417499e7 hostapd: Add Transmit Power Envelope IE when VHT is enabled
Add Transmit Power Envelope element defined in IEEE P802.11-REVmc/D4.3,
8.4.2.161.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-26 20:40:24 +02:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
4f30addb38 nl80211: Add support for aborting an ongoing scan
This adds the driver interface commands for issuing a request to abort
an ongoing scan operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-26 19:44:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ef0b84355 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2015-11-26.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-26 19:42:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d6955e668 nl80211: Fix SIGNAL_POLL in IBSS and mesh
NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION does not work with the IBSS/mesh BSSID, so clear
the signal strength instead of returning failure when SIGNAL_POLL is
used in an IBSS/mesh.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-26 17:57:07 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
c27f4c9006 P2P: Add support for VHT 80+80 MHz and 160 MHz
The new max_oper_chwidth and freq2 arguments to P2P_CONNECT, P2P_INVITE,
and P2P_GROUP_ADD control interface commands can be used to request
larger VHT operating channel bandwidth to be used than the previously
used maximum 80 MHz.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-25 19:01:20 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
bee5d8e067 nl80211: Add VHT 160 MHz channel flags
This extends the previous design that covered only the VHT 80 MHz cases
for VHT channel flags. New functions are introduced to allow 160 MHz
bandwidth cases to determine the center channel and check availability
of a 160 MHz channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-25 19:01:14 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
5e1da9c8fd P2P: Define operating classes for VHT 80+80 and 160
This adds definitions for the global operating classes 129 and 130 for
VHT 80+80 MHz and 160 MHz use cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-25 19:01:10 +02:00
Anton Nayshtut
b47d05aa45 FST: Make FST peer connection check more permissive in hostapd
Modify the FST peer connection check so it won't skip peers without MB
IEs making it more permissive for peers that didn't provide MB IEs
during association request. This can be helpful, e.g., in cases where a
STA's interface connected before it was added to the FST group. This
allows the AP to receive FST Action frames and initiate session with a
STA via STA's interface that doesn't expose MB IEs.

The adjusted FST protocol is still safe, as it protects itself in many
other ways (checking band info and it's accordance to the interfaces,
Setup IDs, connection states of the interfaces involved, etc.)
effectively avoiding all types of invalid situations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-25 17:30:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1fff13a9cb tests: Move EAP-SIM PRF module test into the hwsim framework
The old wpa_supplicant/Makefile target test-eap_sim_common did not work
anymore and anyway, this test is better placed in the newer hwsim
framework to make sure the test case gets executed automatically.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-24 00:00:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e68742ef1 Fix CONFIG_NO_WPA=y build
Number of places were calling functions that are not included in
CONFIG_NO_WPA=y build anymore. Comment out such calls. In addition, pull
in SHA1 and MD5 for config_internal.c, if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-23 23:34:52 +02:00
Anton Nayshtut
f231b3d816 FST: Fix STA MB IEs creation
FST STA should always expose its MB IEs regardless of its connection
state and whether the connected AP is currently FST-enabled or not.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-23 20:36:12 +02:00
Somdas Bandyopadhyay
83702b6088 Android: Give user the option for selecting browser for HS 2.0 OSU
When built with browser-android.c, hs20-osu-client used to always launch
the native/stock Android browser for OSU user interaction. This browser
is not present in all devices. It is better to give the option to the
user to select his/her browser.

Here the user will be shown a pop up to select the browser that he/she
wants.

Signed-off-by: Somdas Bandyopadhyay <somdas.bandyopadhyay@intel.com>
2015-11-22 21:06:17 +02:00
Avraham Stern
d8a3b66d7f driver: Make setting up AP optional when creating AP interface
When an AP interface it created, it is also setup and subscribes
for management frames etc. However, when the interface is added by
wpa_supplicant, setting up for AP operations is redundant because
it will be done by wpa_supplicant on wpa_drv_init() when setting
the interface mode to AP.

In addition, it may cause wpa_supplicant to fail initializing the
interface as it will try to subscribe for management frames on this
interface but the interface is already registered.

Change this, so when adding an AP interface, make setting up the AP
optional, and use it only when the interface is added by hostapd but not
when it is added by wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2015-11-22 17:42:59 +02:00
Marek Behún
36e820605f Check for LIBRESSL_VERSION_NUMBER in tls_openssl.c
LibreSSL does not yet support the new API, so do not use it
when LIBRESSL_VERSION_NUMBER macro is defined.

Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <kabel@blackhole.sk>
2015-11-22 12:00:53 +02:00
Alexander Bondar
6bdc43c4db AP: Avoid 20/40 MHz co-ex scan if PRI/SEC switch is not allowed
When an AP is started on the 5.2 GHz band with 40 MHz bandwidth, a
scan is issued in order to handle 20/40 MHz coexistence. However,
the scan is issued even if iface->conf->no_pri_sec_switch is set,
which is redundant.

Fix this by checking iface->conf->no_pri_sec_switch before starting
the scan.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
2015-11-21 18:42:53 +02:00
Ayala Beker
757785dab2 nl80211: Clear ignore_next_local_deauth flag
The de-authentication flow in wpa_driver_nl80211_deauthenticate() can
result in a locally generated de-authentication event. To avoid getting
this extra event ignore_next_local_deauth flag is set, and should be
cleared when the next local deauth event is received. However, it is not
cleared when the event shows up after the wpa_supplicant has started a
connection with a new AP, and as a result it might ignore future
deauth event from the driver.

Fix this by clearing the flag if the event is locally generated.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2015-11-21 18:00:33 +02:00
Sara Sharon
cb2a926df8 nl80211: Clear ignore_next_local_deauth and ignore_deauth_event
The authentication flow in wpa_driver_nl80211_authenticate() can
result  in a locally generated de-authentication, in which both
next_local_deauth and ignore_next_local_deauth are set.

However, in mlme_event_deauth_disassoc(), when ignore_deauth_event is
set, the flag is cleared, but the flow immediately returns leaving
ignore_next_local_deauth set, which can result in ignoring future deauth
event from the driver, leaving the wpa_supplicant in an inconsistent
state.

Fix this by clearing both flags in case that next_local_deauth is set.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
2015-11-21 18:00:33 +02:00
Ravi Joshi
f32227ed9e Add QCA vendor attribute and event to indicate subnet change status
This allows offloaded roaming to inform user space of the change in IP
subnet post roaming. The device may have roamed to a network which is in
a different subnet which will result in IP connectivity loss. Indicating
the change in subnet enables the user space to refresh the IP address or
to perform IP subnet validation if unknown status is indicated.

The driver indication is reported with a new event from wpa_supplicant
in the following format:
CTRL-EVENT-SUBNET-STATUS-UPDATE status=<0/1/2>
where
0 = unknown
1 = IP subnet unchanged (can continue to use the old IP address)
2 = IP subnet changed (need to get a new IP address)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-20 11:03:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
25eb7fcbb4 Fix EAPOL reauth after FT protocol or offloaded PMKSA cache use
The EAP peer state machine moved from IDLE to FAILURE state when the
EAPOL Authenticator triggered reauthentication with an
EAP-Request/Identity in a case where the associated started with FT
protocol or offloaded PMKSA cache use (4-way handshake using a
previously acquired PMK). This happened due to the altSuccess=TRUE
setting being left behind and not cleared when processing the restart of
authentication. Fix this by clearing altAccept and eapSuccess when going
through SUPP_PAE RESTART state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-19 21:16:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f68d491b0a FT auth: Fix EAPOL reauthentication after FT protocol run
The EAPOL AUTH_PAE state machine was left in incomplete state at the
completion of FT protocol. Set portValid = TRUE to allow the state
machine to proceed from AUTHENTICATING to AUTHENTICATED state, so that a
new EAPOL reauthentication can be triggered.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-19 21:16:06 +02:00
Peng Xu
9a8d9f7c62 Assign QCA vendor command and attribute for Tx power reduction in dB
Assign nl80211 vendor command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_TXPOWER_DECR_DB and corresponding
attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-19 11:34:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
747ba1067d nl80211: Do not return incomplete hw capability info
If a memory allocation fails while parsing driver capabilities, drop all
mode/channel/rate information instead of returning possibly partial
information.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-17 19:50:34 +02:00
Anton Nayshtut
0603bcb7fe hostapd: Process MAC ACLs on a station association event (SME in driver)
Now hostapd will use station MAC-based permissions according to the
macaddr_acl policy also for drivers which use AP SME offload, but do not
support NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL for offloading MAC ACL processing. It
should be noted that in this type of case the association goes through
and the station gets disconnected immediately after that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-17 12:38:32 +02:00
Amarnath Hullur Subramanyam
89a11ad38f RSN: Remove check for proactive_key_caching while setting PMK offload
wpa_sm_key_mgmt_set_pmk() was checking for proactive_key_caching to be
enabled before setting the PMK to the driver. This check is not required
and would mandate configuration setting of okc or proactive_key_caching
for cases which were not necessary.

Signed-off-by: Amarnath Hullur Subramanyam <amarnath@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-16 19:05:01 +02:00
Ravi Joshi
d381963385 Extend QCA roam event with subnet change indication
The new attribute can be used with
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH to indicate whether the IP
subnet was detected to have changed when processing offloaded roam/key
management.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-16 19:00:35 +02:00
Ben Greear
68ac584a49 nl80211: Add debug message for passive scanning
This is more obvious than looking for the lack of 'Scan SSID' messages.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-11-15 19:20:35 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
a3dff7dc0c P2P: Fix a typo in debug message
Signed-off-by: Dilshad Ahmad <dilshad.a@samsung.com>
2015-11-15 18:55:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95577884ca EAP-pwd peer: Fix error path for unexpected Confirm message
If the Confirm message is received from the server before the Identity
exchange has been completed, the group has not yet been determined and
data->grp is NULL. The error path in eap_pwd_perform_confirm_exchange()
did not take this corner case into account and could end up
dereferencing a NULL pointer and terminating the process if invalid
message sequence is received. (CVE-2015-5316)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-10 18:40:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bef802ece0 EAP-pwd server: Fix last fragment length validation
All but the last fragment had their length checked against the remaining
room in the reassembly buffer. This allowed a suitably constructed last
fragment frame to try to add extra data that would go beyond the buffer.
The length validation code in wpabuf_put_data() prevents an actual
buffer write overflow from occurring, but this results in process
termination. (CVE-2015-5314)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-10 18:40:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8057821706 EAP-pwd peer: Fix last fragment length validation
All but the last fragment had their length checked against the remaining
room in the reassembly buffer. This allowed a suitably constructed last
fragment frame to try to add extra data that would go beyond the buffer.
The length validation code in wpabuf_put_data() prevents an actual
buffer write overflow from occurring, but this results in process
termination. (CVE-2015-5315)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-10 18:40:54 +02:00
Somdas Bandyopadhyay
fcdb35928c Use "STATUS-NO_EVENTS" instead of "STATUS" in get_wpa_status function
Using "STATUS" command triggers CTRL-EVENT-STATE-CHANGE and
CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED (if connected to some AP) events. These events
cause problems in Android WifiStateMachine in Marshmallow. Due to these
events WifiStateMachine sometimes disconnects the OSU SSID connection,
while hs20-osu-client waits for IP address.

Signed-off-by: Somdas Bandyopadhyay <somdas.bandyopadhyay@intel.com>
2015-11-01 21:05:10 +02:00
Max Stepanov
73ed03f333 wpa_supplicant: Add GTK RSC relaxation workaround
Some APs may send RSC octets in EAPOL-Key message 3 of 4-Way Handshake
or in EAPOL-Key message 1 of Group Key Handshake in the opposite byte
order (or by some other corrupted way). Thus, after a successful
EAPOL-Key exchange the TSC values of received multicast packets, such as
DHCP, don't match the RSC one and as a result these packets are dropped
on replay attack TSC verification. An example of such AP is Sapido
RB-1732.

Work around this by setting RSC octets to 0 on GTK installation if the
AP RSC value is identified as a potentially having the byte order issue.
This may open a short window during which older (but valid)
group-addressed frames could be replayed. However, the local receive
counter will be updated on the first received group-addressed frame and
the workaround is enabled only if the common invalid cases are detected,
so this workaround is acceptable as not decreasing security
significantly. The wpa_rsc_relaxation global configuration property
allows the GTK RSC workaround to be disabled if it's not needed.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-11-01 21:00:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d129b02247 EAP-pwd: Add support for Brainpool Elliptic Curves
This allows the IKE groups 27-30 (RFC 6932) to be used with OpenSSL
1.0.2 and newer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-11-01 11:29:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
17b7032891 EAP peer: Clear ignore flag in INITIALIZE state
While this is not part of RFC 4137, the way m.check(eapReqData) is
implemented in wpa_supplicant allows an EAP method to not update the
ignore value even though each such call is really supposed to get a new
response. It seems to be possible to hit a sequence where a previous EAP
authentication attempt terminates with sm->ignore set from the last
m.check() call and the following EAP authentication attempt could fail
to go through the expected code path if it does not clear the ignore
flag. This is likely only hit in some error cases, though. The hwsim
test cases could trigger this with the following sequence:
eap_proto_ikev2 ap_wps_m1_oom

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-31 21:56:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2e38079531 TLS: Fix memory leak with multiple TLS server instances
When using CONFIG_TLS=internal and starting hostapd with multiple
configuration files that each initialize TLS server, the server
certificate and related data was not freed for all the interfaces on
exit path. Fix this by freeing the credential data that is stored
separately for each call to tls_init().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-31 18:15:22 +02:00
Frederic Leroy
7b0f5500b0 eap_sim_db: Implement eap_sim_db_expire_pending()
Expire pending DB request for EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA'. Timeout defaults to 1
second and is user configurable in hostapd.conf (eap_sim_db_timeout).

Signed-off-by: Frederic Leroy <frederic.leroy@b-com.com>
2015-10-31 16:28:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
45c3e72952 Add frequency to operating class determination for 5 GHz 100..140
This extends ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() with knowledge of the
operating classes for the 5 GHz channels 100..140.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-30 11:45:50 +02:00
Avichal Agarwal
c93b7e1888 RSN: Check result of EAPOL-Key frame send request
Provide information on whether EAPOL-Key frame was sent successfully to
kernel for transmittion. wpa_eapol_key_send() will return
>= 0 on success and < 0 on failure. After receiving EAPOL-Key msg 3/4,
wpa_supplicant sends EAPOL-Key msg 4/4 and shows CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED
only after verifying that the msg 4/4 was sent to kernel for
transmission successfully.

Signed-off-by: Avichal Agarwal <avichal.a@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyeong-Chae Lim <kcya.lim@samsung.com>
2015-10-28 22:42:16 +02:00
Srinivasa Duvvuri
053693d266 hostapd: Add feature to start all interfaces at the same time in sync
When multiple interfaces across mutiple radios are started using a
single instance of hostapd, they all come up at different times
depending upon how long the ACS and HT scan take on each radio. This
will result in stations (that already have the AP profile) associating
with the first interfaces that comes up. For example in a dual band
radio case (2G and 5G) with ACS enabled, 2G always comes up first
because the ACS scan takes less time on 2G and this results in all
stations associating with the 2G interface first.

This feature brings up all the interfaces at the same time. The list of
interfaces specified via hostapd.conf files on the command line are all
marked as sync interfaces. All the interfaces are synchronized in
hostapd_setup_interface_complete().

This feature is turned on with '-S' commmand line option.

Signed-off-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri <sduvvuri@chromium.org>
2015-10-28 19:47:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9578413455 Reserve QCA vendor specific nl80211 commands 110..114
These are reserved for QCA use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-27 00:10:29 +02:00
Peng Xu
5d4c508969 Assign QCA commands and attributes for Tx power scaling and OTA testing
Assign nl80211vendor commands QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_OTA_TEST and
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_TXPOWER_SCALE as well as corresponding
attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-27 00:07:15 +02:00
Hu Wang
5d1d69a10f P2P: Filter control chars in group client device name similarly to peer
P2P device discovery can add peer entries based on a message directly
from a peer and from a Probe Response frame from a GO for all the P2P
Clients in the group. The former case for filtering out control
characters from the device name while the latter was not. Make this
consistent and filter both cases in the same way to avoid confusing
external programs using the device name of a P2P peer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-26 23:43:45 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
f67d1a0099 TDLS: Do not send error case of TPK M3 if TX fails
There is no point in sending TPK M3 (TDLS Setup Confirm) with a failure
status if the first transmission attempt fails. Instead, just return a
failure by disabling the link rather than retransmitting the TPK M3
frame with an error status.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-26 22:54:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8f3ea3175f tests: Fix build without CONFIG_ERP=y
hmac_sha256_kdf() got pulled in only if CONFIG_ERP=y is set. Fix
test_sha256() by making the test case conditional on the function being
present.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-26 00:42:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d8fd633ebb Do not write ERROR level log entries if debug file is not used
wpa_debug_reopen_file() used to write an error message at MSG_ERROR
level if it was called with last_path == NULL (the last debug log file
path not known). This is not a fatal error, but a normal case if
wpa_debug_open_file() has not been used. Remove the error message and
return success in such case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 20:45:02 +02:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
67deaa582d l2_packet: Add build option to disable Linux packet socket workaround
Linux packet socket workaround(*) has an impact in performance when the
workaround socket needs to be kept open to receive EAPOL frames. While
this is normally avoided with a kernel that has the issue addressed by
closing the workaround packet socket when detecting a frame through the
main socket, it is possible for that mechanism to not be sufficient,
e.g., when an open network connection (no EAPOL frames) is used.

Add a build option (CONFIG_NO_LINUX_PACKET_SOCKET_WAR=y) to disable the
workaround. This build option is disabled by default and can be enabled
explicitly on distributions which have an older kernel or a fix for the
kernel regression.

Also remove the unused variable num_rx.

(*) Linux kernel commit 576eb62598f10c8c7fd75703fe89010cdcfff596
('bridge: respect RFC2863 operational state') from 2012 introduced a
regression for using wpa_supplicant with EAPOL frames and a station
interface in a bridge.

Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-25 19:56:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ceb19ff7a6 privsep: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 19:37:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
45a283e6d0 wext: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 19:37:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
336869f05a nl80211: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:35:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
78c8ee488f ndis: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:35:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d717126aa2 hostap: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:35:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d034f498ce atheros: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:35:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
40762fcede PCSC: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:35:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
80c620dbd7 SAE: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f88bcad015 GAS server: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1e72ba2e61 RSN auth: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5a2f252cb AP: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic in IE parsing
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de7fe64df5 RADIUS: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d2eb91e08f TLS: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2461724c05 RSN: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3991cb7b3c EAP-IKEv2 peer: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-24 21:43:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0421d47e34 EAP-IKEv2 server: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-24 21:43:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
72bb05a033 EAP-FAST peer: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-24 21:43:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ed5e3a5888 EAP-FAST server: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-24 21:43:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b6f961ab25 Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic in IE parsing
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-24 21:43:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7b5880fcf4 FT: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-24 21:43:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6ee858c3b P2P: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-24 21:43:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
625745c297 WPS: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-18 11:37:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc4f3d6ea7 tests: Add TEST_FAIL() condition to omac1_aes_vector()
This enables more error path testing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-17 20:40:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0504d2da12 EAP-GPSK: Check HMAC-SHA256 result in GKDF and MIC
hmac_sha256() and hmac_sha256_vector() return a result code now, so use
that return value to terminate HMAC-SHA256-based GKDF/MIC similarly to
what was already done with the CMAC-based GKDF/MIC.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-17 20:40:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1166b20c95 Add Framed-IP-Address to Accounting-Request if STA address is known
The recently added ProxyARP support (proxy_arp=1) in hostapd allows a
STA IPv4 address to be learned from DHCP or ARP messages. If that
information is available, add it to Account-Request messages in
Framed-IP-Address attribute.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-17 19:53:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9b7a1bd7ed Option to reduce Probe Response frame responses during max STA
The new hostapd configuration parameter no_probe_resp_if_max_sta=1 can
be used to request hostapd not to reply to broadcast Probe Request
frames from unassociated STA if there is no room for additional stations
(max_num_sta). This can be used to discourage a STA from trying to
associate with this AP if the association would be rejected due to
maximum STA limit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-17 19:30:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ca33a5e895 Add "git describe" based version string postfix
If hostapd or wpa_supplicant is built from a git repository, add a
VERSION_STR postfix from the current git branch state. This is from "git
describe --dirty=+". VERSION_STR will thus look something like
"2.6-devel-hostap_2_5-132-g4363c0d+" for development builds from a
modified repository.

This behavior is enabled automatically if a build within git repository
is detected (based on ../.git existing). This can be disabled with
CONFIG_NO_GITVER=y in wpa_supplicant/.config and hostapd/.config.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-16 22:20:55 +03:00
Pradeep Reddy POTTETI
2bd5bdcd4b TDLS: On a TPK timeout, tear down the link before renewal by the initiator
On TPK lifetime expiration, tear down the direct link before renewing
the link in the case of TDLS initiator processing. The expired key
cannot be used anymore, so it is better to explicitly tear down the old
link first.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-16 11:35:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2b12b3602a P2P: Do not reply to GO Negotiation Request if peer is waiting for us
This improves robustness of GO Negotiation in special cases where GO
Negotiation Request frames from the peer may end up getting delivered
multiple times, e.g., due to interference and retransmitted frames not
getting properly filtered out in duplicate detection (which is something
that number of drivers do not implement for pre-associated state).

If we have already replied with GO Negotiation Response frame with
Status 1 (not yet ready), do not reply to another GO Negotiation Request
frame from the peer if we have already received authorization from the
user (P2P_CONNECT command) for group formation and have sent out our GO
Negotiation Request frame. This avoids a possible sequence where two
independent GO Negotiation instances could go through in parallel if the
MAC address based rule on avoiding duplicate negotiations is not able to
prevent the case. This can allow GO Negotiation to complete successfully
whereas the previous behavior would have likely resulted in a failure
with neither device sending a GO Negotiation Confirm frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-15 21:21:28 +03:00
Rui Paulo
22e8df3a98 Portability fixes for FreeBSD - os_fdatasync()
Use fsync() when fdatasync() and F_FULLSYNC isn't available.

Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@freebsd.org>
2015-10-15 16:14:30 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
e8dc205f17 nl80211: Disable 11b rates for P2P (additional cases)
Some drivers (like mac80211) do not accept changing the TX bitrate mask
before the network interface is up. Thus, calling
nl80211_disable_11b_rates() before the interface is up fails, and the
P2P network interface continues to use invalid bitrates.

To fix this call nl80211_disable_11b_rates() immediately after the
interface is brought up (and also after rfkill is unblocked).

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-14 23:57:53 +03:00
Josh Lehan
1d61a8efee Escape DEL char (ASCII 127 decimal) in SSIDs
While testing, I noticed that printf_encode() makes control characters
human-readable, with one exemption, the DEL character (ASCII 127).
Assuming this exemption was unintentional, make it appear as an escaped
\x7f instead of a literal DEL character in the output.

Signed-off-by: Josh Lehan <krellan@krellan.net>
2015-10-14 19:28:57 +03:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
d6afe03660 atheros: Fix hapd_deinit() handler with generic IEs set
atheros_set_opt_ie() needs to be called before freeing drv->wpa_ie to
avoid hitting double-free on the deinit path. Similarly,
drv->wps_beacon_ie and drv->wps_probe_resp_ie could have been used after
being freed. Fix these be moving the atheros_set_opt_ie() call in
atheros_deinit().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-14 18:43:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
712525b01e nl80211: Increase buffer size for reporting scan frequencies
It is possible for a driver to support sufficient number of channels to
hit the previous limit of 200 characters for the "nl80211: Scan included
frequencies:" debug message. Increase the maximum buffer length to 300
characters to allow more complete list of scanned frequencies to be
written into the debug log. This limit is more in line with the
MAX_REPORT_FREQS (50) limit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-14 18:43:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
207976f053 Fix Suite B 192-bit AKM to use proper PMK length
In addition to the PTK length increasing, the length of the PMK was
increased (from 256 to 384 bits) for the 00-0f-ac:12 AKM. This part was
missing from the initial implementation and a fixed length (256-bit) PMK
was used for all AKMs.

Fix this by adding more complete support for variable length PMK and use
384 bits from MSK instead of 256 bits when using this AKM. This is not
backwards compatible with the earlier implementations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-14 18:43:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ae7d9fbd3d Remove unreachable PMKSA cache entry addition on Access-Accept
The previous implementation used an obsolete sm->eapol_key_crypt pointer
which was not set anywhere (i.e., was always NULL). In addition, the
condition of sm->eap_if->eapKeyAvailable was not valid here since this
is the case of MSK from an external authentication server and not the
internal EAP server. Consequently, the wpa_auth_pmksa_add() call here
was never used.

The PMKSA cache was still added, but it happened at the completion of
the 4-way handshake rather than at the completion of EAP authentication.
That later location looks better, so delete the unreachable code in
Access-Accept handling. In addition, remove the now complete unused
struct eapol_state_machine eapol_key_* variables.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-14 18:43:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1b822f52e6 hostapd: Fix WPA, IEEE 802.1X, and WPS deinit in cases where init fails
With driver wrappers that implement set_privacy(), set_generic_elem(),
set_ieee8021x(), or set_ap_wps_ie(), it was possible to hit a NULL
pointer dereference in error cases where interface setup failed and
the network configuration used WPA/WPA2, IEEE 802.1X, or WPS.

Fix this by skipping the driver operations in case the driver interface
is not initialized.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-14 18:42:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8fd1d6236d OpenSSL: Add TEST_FAIL() checks to allow error path testing
This makes it easier to test various error paths related to key
derivation and authentication steps.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-12 01:04:22 +03:00
Max Stepanov
da0e8db239 P2PS: Do not add unnecessary attributes to PD Response
Don't add unnecessary P2PS attributes to PD Response depending on the
type of exchange.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-10-11 21:42:03 +03:00
Max Stepanov
14a188559c P2PS: Do not add unnecessary follow-on PD Request attributes
Don't add unnecessary P2PS follow-on PD Request attributes when
the request status is not P2P_SC_SUCCESS_DEFERRED.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-10-11 21:42:03 +03:00
Max Stepanov
ecf56c7270 P2PS: Fix PD Request parameter handling
In P2PS PD Request processing in some error case scenarios, such as
verification of the WPS config method, the flow aborts before saving
mandatory P2PS PD Request attributes. This in turn causes the control
interface notification events to be sent with invalid parameters.

Fix this by changing the order of verification and processing steps of
the PD Request message handling.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-10-11 21:42:03 +03:00
Ilan Peer
8bb8e6edb8 P2PS: Indicate the chosen operating frequency
On successful P2P PD, report the chosen frequency in case the local
device is going to be the P2P GO, so in can later be used to instantiate
the new P2P GO, etc.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-11 21:42:03 +03:00
Ilan Peer
685b209828 P2PS: Process channels in PD Response
In case the P2PS PD Response includes the P2P Channel List attribute,
update the peer device supported channels and verify that the local
device has common channels with the peer (only a sanity check).

If the Operating Channel attribute is included in the response, check
that it is included in the intersection and store it as the peer's
operating frequency (so it could later be used in the join flow, etc.).

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-11 21:42:03 +03:00
Ilan Peer
23eef57018 P2PS: Process channels in PD Request
In case the P2PS PD Request includes the P2P Channel List attribute,
update the peer device supported channels and check if we have common
channels with the peer that can be used for the connection establishment
based on the connection capabilities:

1. In case of P2PS PD Request with no common channels, defer
   the flow unless auto accept equals true and the connection
   capabilities equals NEW (in which case the channels would be
   negotiated in the GO Negotiation).

2. In case of Follow up P2PS PD Request with no common channels,
   reject the request unless the connection capability is NEW.

In addition, in case of a successful P2PS PD, save the device
operating frequency (so it can be later used for join flow, etc.).

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-11 21:42:03 +03:00
Ilan Peer
ebd32943cb P2PS: Add channel policy to PD Request
Add operating channel selection and channel list processing similar to
that done when building GO Negotiation Request, i.e., consider the
currently used channels, configured channels, etc.

P2PS introduces a flow where a responder needs to provide channel data
without being previously aware of the current constraints, i.e., the
channels currently in use by other interfaces. To handle this, extend
the get_group_capability() callback to also handle channel selection
aspects of group capabilities.

In case there is an active P2P GO that is going to be used for the P2PS
PD, force its current operating frequency in the PD attributes.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-11 21:42:03 +03:00
Ilan Peer
4acd5ac67b P2P: Cleanup handling of unknown peer in PD Request processing
If a Provision Discovery Request is received for an unknown peer, a new
device entry is being added, but the flow continues without updating the
local p2p_device pointer, requiring to check the pointer value before
every access.

1. Change this, so once a device is added, the flow updates the local
   p2p_device pointer and avoids the checks later in the flow.
2. If the device is not known even after adding it, skip the processing,
   send the PD Response, and return.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-11 12:38:07 +03:00
Ilan Peer
572f1ead19 P2PS: Fix possible NULL pointer dereference in PD exchange
It is possible that p2p_build_prov_disc_resp() is called with a NULL
device entry, which might be dereferenced when calling
p2p->cfg->get_persistent_group() for the P2PS with persistent group
case. Fix this by checking the device pointer before accessing it.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-11 12:29:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cbb154973d OpenSSL: Make msg_callback debug prints easier to read
Write a text version of the content type and handshake type in debug log
to make it easier to follow TLS exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-11 11:35:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
faf8f29379 OpenSSL: Recognize special write_p == 2 in msg_callback
OpenSSL could use this to identify crypto tracing values if built with
OPENSSL_SSL_TRACE_CRYPTO.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-11 11:14:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6f5b284b32 tests: Module test for hmac_sha256_kdf() maximum output length
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-10 18:57:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a55c9b411 Fix MSCHAP UTF-8 to UCS-2 conversion check for three-byte encoding
The utf8_string_len comparison was off by one and ended up accepting a
truncated three-byte encoded UTF-8 character at the end of the string if
the octet was missing. Since the password string gets null terminated in
the configuration, this did not result in reading beyond the buffer, but
anyway, it is better to explicitly reject the string rather than try to
use an incorrectly encoded UTF-8 string as the password.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-10 18:38:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc2994024d HTTP (curl): Fix compilation with BoringSSL
Define the sk_*_{num,value}() macros in BoringSSL style if BoringSSL is
used instead of OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-10 00:06:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bdee6ca0e0 BoringSSL: Implement support for OCSP stapling
BoringSSL has removed the OpenSSL OCSP implementation (OCSP_*()
functions) and instead, provides only a minimal mechanism for include
the status request extension and fetching the response from the server.
As such, the previous OpenSSL-based implementation for OCSP stapling is
not usable with BoringSSL.

Add a new implementation that uses BoringSSL to request and fetch the
OCSP stapling response and then parse and validate this with the new
implementation within wpa_supplicant. While this may not have identical
behavior with the OpenSSL-based implementation, this should be a good
starting point for being able to use OCSP stapling with BoringSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-09 23:48:30 +03:00
Ilan Peer
e4f90a6a27 P2PS: Add validation for P2PS PD Request
Validate that all the required attributes appear in a P2PS PD Request,
and in addition, in the case of follow-on PD Request, check that the
given values match those of the original PD Request.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-07 17:07:22 +03:00
Ilan Peer
20324d47f9 P2PS: Reduce indentation in p2p_process_prov_disc_req()
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-07 17:07:21 +03:00
Max Stepanov
f94e4c20e4 P2PS: Send follow-on PD response only if status is 12
When a follow-on PD request is received, peer should not send a
follow-on PD response except the case when the PD request status value
is 12 (Success: accepted by user). Previously, the wpa_supplicant
implementation behaved differently sending the follow-on PD Response on
any follow-on PD Request.

Fix the issue by adding the following changes:

1. Don't send PD Response if the follow-on PD Request status is
   different than 12 (seeker side).
2. Don't wait for the follow-on PD Response if the follow-on PD
   Request was sent with the status different than 12 (advertiser
   side).
3. If the follow-on PD Request was sent with the status different
   than 12 use the follow-on PD Request ACK as PD completion event
   (advertiser side).
4. Notify ASP about the PD completion by sending P2PS-PROV-DONE with
   the PD Request status (advertiser side).

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-10-07 17:07:21 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
a3de16768b P2P: Cancel extended listen on p2p_flush()
It is expected that p2p_flush() should stop any ongoing p2p operation.
However, this was not the case with extended listen which was not
cancelled on p2p_flush() flows. Fix this, by cancelling the extended
listen in p2p_flush().

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-07 17:07:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
695dbbea88 Interworking: Add support for configuring arbitrary ANQP-elements
The new hostapd configuration parameter anqp_elem can now be used to
configure arbitrary ANQP-elements for the GAS/ANQP server. In addition
to supporting new elements, this can be used to override previously
supported elements if some special values are needed (mainly for testing
purposes).

The parameter uses following format:
anqp_elem=<InfoID>:<hexdump of payload>

For example, AP Geospatial Location ANQP-element with unknown location:
anqp_elem=265:0000
and AP Civic Location ANQP-element with unknown location:
anqp_elem=266:000000

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-07 17:07:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3f21b311b2 Interworking: Define new ANQP-element Info IDs
This adds the full set on ANQP-elements based on IEEE P802.11REVmc/D4.2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-07 17:07:21 +03:00
Adam Langley
aeeb0bca71 Android: Fix keystore-backed keys with BoringSSL
The switch to BoringSSL broke keystore-backed keys because
wpa_supplicant was using the dynamic ENGINE loading to load
the keystore module.
The ENGINE-like functionality in BoringSSL is much simpler
and this change should enable it.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2015-10-06 23:10:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dd9a42efbc Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2015-05-06.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-06 23:10:17 +03:00
Dmitry Ivanov
9b285081ff Wait longer for inactive client probe (empty data frame)
Some devices cannot respond to inactive client probe (empty data frame)
within one second. For example, iPhone may take up to 3 secs. This
becomes a significant problem when ap_max_inactivity is set to lower
value such as 10 secs. iPhone can lose Wi-Fi connection after ~1 min
of user inactivity.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Ivanov <dima@ubnt.com>
2015-10-06 23:09:55 +03:00
Helmut Schaa
e5d34da25a hostapd: Force RADIUS socket renewal on RADIUS auth failures
On RADIUS auth/acct failures hostapd will try a new server if one is
available. Reuse the failover logic to force a socket renewal if only
one RADIUS server is configured.

This fixes problems when a route for the RADIUS server gets added after
the socket was "connected". The RADIUS socket is still sending the
RADIUS requests out using the previous route.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2015-10-06 01:27:29 +03:00
Bob Copeland
681753f23c mesh: Generate proper AID for peer
IEEE Std 802.11-2012 13.3.1 states that the AID should be generated on
the local node for each peer. Previously, we were using the peer link ID
(generated by the peer) which may not be unique among all peers. Correct
this by reusing the AP AID generation code.

Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2015-10-06 01:27:29 +03:00
Michael Braun
41d621075e Remove WEP support from VLAN
Commit d66dcb0d0b ('WEP: Remove VLAN
support from hostapd') already removed VLAN support for WEP encryption,
so vlan_setup_encryption_dyn() is no longer needed.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-10-06 01:27:27 +03:00
Michael Braun
7cebc8e210 Fix init of group state machine for static VLANs
This ensures that group key is set as long as the interface exists.

Additionally, ifconfig_up is needed as wpa_group will enter
FATAL_FAILURE if the interface is still down. Also vlan_remove_dynamic()
is moved after wpa_auth_sta_deinit() so vlan_remove_dynamic() can check
it was the last user of the wpa_group.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-10-06 01:25:36 +03:00
Johannes Berg
2b6e121676 hostapd: Add testing option to use only ECSA
Some APs don't include a CSA IE when an ECSA IE is generated,
and mac80211 used to fail following their channel switch. Add
a testing option to hostapd to allow reproducing the behavior.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-03 21:37:17 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
fa53d74c9e Handle VHT operating classes correctly
Fix and extend the ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() function to deal
correctly with VHT operating classes (128, 129, 130).

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 21:35:08 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
7d82170aba Set channel and operating class in hostapd_fill_csa_settings()
The CSA channel and operating class values need to be set for all types
of channel switch (i.e., either if it's triggered by the control
interfaces or due to the GO-follows-STA flow). To do so, move the code
that sets them from the GO-follows-STA flow to the more generic
hostapd_fill_csa_settings() function.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2015-10-03 21:26:23 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
d308a44fcc Use ieee80211_freq_to_chan() when getting segment indices
The hostapd_hw_get_channel() function can't be used to convert center
frequencies to channel numbers, because the hw mode lists don't have all
the center frequencies. The hw mode lists have the main channel
frequencies and flags to indicate the channel topography.

For instance, channel 5805 with VHT80- has the channel center frequency
segment 0 at 5775. This segment is only indicated indirectly in the hw
mode list by the HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_50_30 flag. The hw mode list doesn't
have any elements with frequency 5775 to allow the conversion to a
channel number. Thus, we need to use ieee80211_freq_to_chan() instead.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2015-10-03 21:19:09 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
95e551c5f7 Provide an offset to CSA counters in Probe Response frames
Pass to the driver a list of CSA counter offsets when sending Probe
Response frames during a CSA period. This allows the kernel to correctly
update the CSA/eCSA elements.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 21:08:22 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
2d3943ce5b nl80211: Specify CSA offsets in send_mlme() driver op
Some management frames contain CSA counters which should be updated by
kernel. Change driver op send_mlme() allowing to send a frame,
specifying an array of offsets to the CSA counters which should be
updated. For example, CSA offsets parameters should be specified when
sending Probe Response frames during CSA period.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 21:07:35 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
c0d94d6118 Advertise Supported Operating Classes elements in Beacon/Probe Response
Advertise current operating class in Beacon and Probe Response frames.
This Supported Operating Classes element is required by the standard
when extended channel switch is supported. However, since this element
doesn't reflect correctly the sub-band spectrum breakdown and can't be
effectively used by clients, publish only the minimal required part
which is the current operating class.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 21:01:49 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
38d9048fa8 Fix CSA related IEs order
Fix the order of CSA, eCSA, Secondary Channel Offset, and Wide Bandwidth
Channel Switch Wrapper elements in Beacon and Probe Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 21:01:47 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
967791fe60 Move HT CSA related IE function
Move Secondary Channel element function to ieee802_11_ht.c.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 20:31:30 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
98b0508121 P2P: Implement P2P_GO_FREQ_MOVE_SCM_ECSA policy
Add new GO frequency move policy. The P2P_GO_FREQ_MOVE_SCM_ECSA prefers
SCM if all the clients advertise eCSA support and the candidate
frequency is one of the group common frequencies.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 20:30:40 +03:00
Ilan Peer
4e0ab656d2 Move hostapd_csa_in_progress() to hostapd.c
Move hostapd_csa_in_progress() to hostapd.{h,c} so it can be used
for contexts other than DFS.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-03 20:19:06 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
6315bfdba2 Add support for eCSA
Extended channel switch provides an ability to switch between operating
classes and is required for P2P Devices by the P2P specification when
switching in 5 GHz.

When the operating class is provided for channel switch, the AP/P2P GO
will use eCSA IE in addition to the regular CSA IE both on 2.4 GHz and 5
GHz bands.

Transitions between different hw_modes are not supported.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 20:00:50 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
366179d218 nl80211: Suppport multiple CSA counters
Channel switch may be performed using both CSA and eCSA IEs together.
This may happen, for example with a P2P GO on band A with legacy
clients. Extend driver API to support up to 2 CSA counters.

This patch also includes the required implementation for nl80211.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 19:56:08 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
982896ffef Support VHT channel width change for CSA
When building Beacon and Probe Response frames for the target channel,
consider bandwidth parameter for VHT channels. In addition, add support
for updating vht_oper_centr_freq_seg0_idx and
vht_oper_centr_freq_seg1_idx.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 19:50:22 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
244d4d8bff Add Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch element
When switching to a VHT channel with width greater than 20 MHz, add Wide
Bandwidth Channel Switch element. This element is added in Beacon and
Probe Response frames inside Channel Switch Wrapper element.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 19:40:46 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
9438e9c785 Use previously computed channel in cs_freq_params for Beacon frames
When CSA is started, hostapd_change_config_freq() computes the channel
from the provided frequency. Use this stored channel to add CSA IE in
Beacon frames, instead of recomputing the channel each time.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 19:02:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fcb81ba7d6 WPS: Mark web_connection_parse_get() argument filename const
All the other web_connection_parse_*() functions were already doing
this, so make the GET handler consistent as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-03 16:26:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ad00d64e7d Fix TK configuration to the driver in EAPOL-Key 3/4 retry case
Commit 7d711541dc ('Clear TK part of PTK
after driver key configuration') started clearing TK from memory
immediately after having configured it to the driver when processing
EAPOL-Key message 3/4. While this covered the most common case, it did
not take into account the possibility of the authenticator having to
retry EAPOL-Key message 3/4 in case the first EAPOL-Key message 4/4
response is lost. That case ended up trying to reinstall the same TK to
the driver, but the key was not available anymore.

Fix the EAPOL-Key message 3/4 retry case by configuring TK to the driver
only once. There was no need to try to set the same key after each
EAPOL-Key message 3/4 since TK could not change. If actual PTK rekeying
is used, the new TK will be configured once when processing the new
EAPOL-Key message 3/4 for the first time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-01 18:54:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b658547dd5 nl80211: Add build option for QCA vendor extensions
This allows the binary sizes to be reduced if no support for nl80211
vendor extensions are needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-01 12:45:27 +03:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
8e5097456a nl80211: Extract driver offchannel simultaneous capability
Make the driver offchannel simultaneous capability available to
wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-01 01:41:46 +03:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
94fb165c3a Add QCA vendor definitions for simultaneous offchannel
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-01 01:41:46 +03:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
adcd7c4b0b nl80211: Support vendor scan together with normal scan
Allow wpa_supplicant to use vendor scan (if supported by the driver)
together with the normal nl80211 scan and handling external scan events.
Since this results in possibility of concurrent scan operations, some of
the operations related to scan results need to check more carefully when
an event is relevant for a specific interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-01 01:41:46 +03:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
f22a080cdc nl80211: Driver interaction for QCA vendor scan
This commit contains the necessary changes for supporting the QCA vendor
scan implementation, i.e., sending the vendor scan command to underlying
driver and handling the vendor scan events from the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-01 01:41:46 +03:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
b48567195d Add QCA vendor definitions for vendor scan support
Introduce definitions for QCA vendor specific subcommands
and attributes to support vendor scan request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-01 01:41:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d02180c679 The master branch is now used for v2.6 development
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-27 22:12:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f344cd7b4 Change version information for the 2.5 release
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-27 22:02:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2976715217 Do not clear RSN parameters before full configuration
This fixes an issue where hostapd SET command is used to configure RSN
parameters and the wpa parameter is sent after the other parameters.
Previously, the default case here ended up clearing rsn_pairwise and
wpa_pairwise values and once wpa=2 was finally set, the cipher
configuration had already been lost.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-27 15:55:11 +03:00
Ilan Peer
c6d7965d25 P2P: Fix the calculation of group common freqs
Previously, the calculation allowed for the same frequency to appear
several times in the result.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-09-25 21:05:42 +03:00
Alan T. DeKok
939471b9eb Linker changes for building eapol_test on OS X
Signed-off-by: Alan DeKok <aland@freeradius.org>
2015-09-25 19:32:14 +03:00
Alan T. DeKok
b0c70f37b7 Portability fixes for OS X
Fix os_get_reltime() and os_fdatasync() for OS X.

Signed-off-by: Alan DeKok <aland@freeradius.org>
2015-09-25 19:30:09 +03:00
Amarnath Hullur Subramanyam
10cac5b1a2 Android: Set ctrl_iface client socket group (AID_WIFI) separately
Split chown() call in wpa_ctrl_open() and wpa_ctrl_open2() to allow the
group id to be set even if the process does not have privileges to
change the owner. This is needed for modules that need to communicate
with wpa_supplicant since without the group change, wpa_supplicant may
not have privileges to send the response to a control interface command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-09-24 13:15:57 +03:00
Ashok Raj Nagarajan
28ffd21c07 Do not copy STA VHT capabilities if VHT is not enabled for AP
Previously, station's VHT information elements were copied and passed
regardless of the AP's VHT configuration. As a result, AP with VHT
disabled in configuration could have ended up transmitting packets in
VHT rates though AP is not advertising VHT support. Fix this by copying
the station's VHT capabilities only when AP supports VHT (both hardware
and configuration).

Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-09-23 12:09:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7cb9bb4d9b WPA: Do not print GTK in debug log unless requested
The GTK value received in RSN (WPA2) group rekeying did not use the
wpa_hexdump_key() version of debug printing that is conditional on -K
being included on the command line.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-09-09 17:39:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4b9a395e29 WPS: Reduce struct wps_parse_attr size
Use shorter variables for storing the attribute lengths and group these
variables together to allow compiler to pack them more efficiently. This
reduces the struct size from 960 bytes to 760 bytes in 64-bit builds.
This reduces stack use in number of functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-07 23:02:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b664ef1c0d WPS: Reduce wps_ap_priority_compar() stack use
There is no need to maintain two concurrent instances of struct
wps_parse_attr in this function. Share a single structure for parsing
both IEs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-07 22:52:45 +03:00
Chen, Yi
24fd20438f WPS: Fix num_probereq_cb clearing on DISABLE to avoid segfault
Reset hapd->num_probereq_cb to 0 on an interface deinit to avoid
unexpected behavior if the same interface is enabled again without fully
freeing the data structures. hostapd_register_probereq_cb() increments
hapd->num_probereq_cb by one and leaves all old values unchanged. In
this deinit+init case, that would result in the first entry in the list
having an uninitialized pointer and the next Probe Request frame
processing would likely cause the process to terminate on segmentation
fault.

This issue could be hit when hostapd was used with WPS enabled (non-zero
wps_state configuration parameter) and control interface command DISABLE
and ENABLE were used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-09-07 20:51:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f0f82bd82f WPS ER: Clean up WPS session on PutMessage error cases
This is needed to allow new operation to be started after an error
without having to wait for the AP entry to time out.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-07 17:45:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1067f49520 WPS: Allow config_methods to be cleared with an empty string
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-05 21:49:38 +03:00
Masashi Honma
8a51dcbc2f mesh: Rename IE field to clarify its use
This is used only for RSNE.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-09-05 21:15:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
faf427645a TDLS: Use proper IE parsing routine for non-EAPOL-Key cases
wpa_supplicant_parse_ies() was never supposed to be used as a generic IE
parser, i.e., it is for the specific purpose of parsing EAPOL-Key Key
Data IEs and KDEs. TDLS used this function for parsing generic AP IEs
and while that works, it resulted in confusing "WPA: Unrecognized
EAPOL-Key Key Data IE" debug messages. Clean this up by using
ieee802_11_parse_elems() for the cases where generic IEs are being
parsed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-05 20:51:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b308a304d4 Add station tracking based on other management frame subtypes
This extends the previous tracking design to add a station entry based
on other management frames than Probe Request frames. For example, this
covers a case where the station is using passive scanning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-05 19:38:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c1d43d0bac WPS: Merge identical error paths in ssdp_listener_open()
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-05 19:28:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e2412d086 Add option to reject authentication on 2.4 GHz from dualband STA
The new no_auth_if_seen_on=<ifname> parameter can now be used to
configure hostapd to reject authentication from a station that was seen
on another radio.

This can be used with enabled track_sta_max_num configuration on another
interface controlled by the same hostapd process to reject
authentication attempts from a station that has been detected to be
capable of operating on another band, e.g., to try to reduce likelihood
of the station selecting a 2.4 GHz BSS when the AP operates both a 2.4
GHz and 5 GHz BSS concurrently.

Note: Enabling this can cause connectivity issues and increase latency for
connecting with the AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-05 19:11:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ec4387f9c9 Indicate CTRL-EVENT-AUTH-REJECT event on authentication rejection
This allows control interface monitors to get more detailed information
in cases where wpa_supplicant-based SME receives an Authentication frame
with non-zero status code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-05 19:11:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
964f64e2ee Add option to ignore Probe Request frames on 2.4 GHz from dualband STA
The new no_probe_resp_if_seen_on=<ifname> parameter can now be used to
configure hostapd to not reply to group-addressed Probe Request from a
station that was seen on another radio.

This can be used with enabled track_sta_max_num configuration on another
interface controlled by the same hostapd process to restrict Probe
Request frame handling from replying to group-addressed Probe Request
frames from a station that has been detected to be capable of operating
on another band, e.g., to try to reduce likelihood of the station
selecting a 2.4 GHz BSS when the AP operates both a 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
BSS concurrently.

Note: Enabling this can cause connectivity issues and increase latency
for discovering the AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-05 17:53:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a65a9b8d67 hostapd: Add mechanism to track unconnected stations
hostapd can now be configured to track unconnected stations based on
Probe Request frames seen from them. This can be used, e.g., to detect
dualband capable station before they have associated. Such information
could then be used to provide guidance on which colocated BSS to use in
case of a dualband AP that operates concurrently on multiple bands under
the control of a single hostapd process.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-05 17:11:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6ebe816be0 wpa_priv: Add authentication command and event
These are needed to work with nl80211 driver interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-05 13:21:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
06f52b12f9 wpa_priv: Add support for EVENT_SCAN_STARTED
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-05 12:39:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c968f2d56c wpa_priv: Clear extended_capa pointers
For now, there is no support for passing extended_capa pointers through
the driver_privsep.c interface from wpa_priv. Avoid leaving bogus
pointers by explicitly clearing these on both wpa_priv and
wpa_supplicant sides.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-05 12:32:58 +03:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
8065377199 Do not advertise DSSS/CCK support in 40 MHz for 5 GHz band
DSSS/CCK rate support in 40 MHz has to be set to 0 for 5 GHz band since
this mechanism is designed only for the 2.4 GHz band. Clear
HT_CAP_INFO_DSSS_CCK40MHZ in ht_capab when the configured mode is
neither 11b nor 11g.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-09-05 01:14:01 +03:00
Manikandan Mohan
4ae7120919 Allow wpa_cli/hostapd_cli client socket directory to be specified
This adds a new helper function wpa_ctrl_open2() that can be used
instead of wpa_ctrl_open() to override the default client socket
directory. Add optional -s<directory path> argument to hostapd_cli and
wpa_cli to allow the client socket directory to be specified.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-09-01 11:17:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
89a72e1c7f WPS: Remove trailing CR from subscription callback URLs
This cleans up the debug log a bit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-31 17:25:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3bde828098 WPS: Print subscription UUID in debug log in more places
This makes it easier to debug subscription issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-31 17:25:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ccbd0518f6 WPS: Clean up next_advertisement() error path
No need to have a common failure handler if it is used from only a
single location and that lcoation does not even need the memory freeing
step.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-31 17:25:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b8e20236c1 WPS: Merge event_send_start() error paths
There is no need to keep these separate.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-31 17:25:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
92325e7090 WPS: Merge SetSelectedRegistrar parsing error returns
There is no need to maintain two error paths for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-31 17:25:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5882c011d6 EAP-WSC peer: Reject connection on unexpected failure
Previously, the EAP-WSC peer state machine ended up just ignoring an
error and waiting for a new message from the AP. This is not going to
recover the exchange, so simply force the connection to terminate
immediately.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-30 18:37:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
91d5a8e365 WPS: Use a shared error path in http_client_addr()
This simplifies error processing by removing duplicated cleanup steps.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-29 13:42:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
63fc84acd7 WPS: Clean up http_client_tx_ready()
Calculate the send() buffer length only once to make this a bit more
readable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-29 13:42:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
24a5e528ce WPS: Remove duplicated isgraph() loop in HTTP header parsing
The hbp pointer is moved to the next space already earlier in this code
path, so the while loop here did not really do anything.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-28 23:59:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f79a19746a WPS: Merge common error paths in HTTP server
There is no need to maintain three separate "goto fail" cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-28 20:33:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bb119228b0 Remove unnecessary enum typedef from wpa_auth_sm_event()
This is more consistent with the expected coding style.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-28 16:34:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
43f49c3788 EAPOL auth: Avoid recursive wpa_sm_step() on WPA_DEAUTH case
It was possible for wpa_auth_sm_event(WPA_DEAUTH) to be called from
wpa_sm_step() iteration in the case the EAPOL authenticator state
machine ended up requesting the station to be disconnected. This
resulted in unnecessary recursive call to wpa_sm_step(). Avoid this by
using the already running call to process the state change.

It was possible to hit this sequence in the hwsim test case
ap_wpa2_eap_eke_server_oom.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-28 16:32:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dee2020243 EAPOL auth: clear keyRun in AUTH_PAE INITIALIZE
Clearing keyRun here is not specified in IEEE Std 802.1X-2004, but it
looks like this would be logical thing to do here since the EAPOL-Key
exchange is not possible in this state. It is possible to get here on
disconnection event without advancing to the AUTHENTICATING state to
clear keyRun before the IEEE 802.11 RSN authenticator state machine runs
and that may advance from AUTHENTICATION2 to INITPMK if keyRun = TRUE
has been left from the last association. This can be avoided by clearing
keyRun here.

It was possible to hit this corner case in the hwsim test case
ap_wpa2_eap_eke_server_oom in the case getKey operation was forced to
fail memory allocation. The following association resulted in the
station getting disconnected when entering INITPMK without going through
EAP authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-28 16:30:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f429ec443f nl80211: Use nla_put_nested() to set NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS
This allows an empty nested list (i.e., no MAC addresses) to be included
in the NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL message unlike with
nla_nest_start()/nla_nest_end() where the current libnl implementation
removes the "empty" attribute and causes cfg80211 to reject the command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-28 12:49:17 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
658665551c P2PS: Remove redundant check in for loop
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <p.kushwaha@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
2015-08-28 00:22:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d9c807cab1 Fix key derivation for Suite B 192-bit AKM to use SHA384
While the EAPOL-Key MIC derivation was already changed from SHA256 to
SHA384 for the Suite B 192-bit AKM, KDF had not been updated similarly.
Fix this by using HMAC-SHA384 instead of HMAC-SHA256 when deriving PTK
from PMK when using the Suite B 192-bit AKM.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-27 20:42:14 +03:00
Mitchell Wills
a218e1ded4 Make sure configuration is saved to storage device
Config file is written to a temp file and then it is renamed to the
original config file. However, it is possible that the rename operation
will be commited to storage while file data will be still in cache
causing original config file to be empty or partially written in case of
a system reboot without a clean shutdown. Make this less likely to occur
by forcing the data to be written to the storage device before renaming
the file.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2015-08-27 18:06:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2ce741fe0f WPS: Fix HTTP body length check
Commit 7da4f4b499 ('WPS: Check maximum
HTTP body length earlier in the process') added too strict check for
body length allocation. The comparison of new_alloc_nbytes against
h->max_bytes did not take into account that HTTPREAD_BODYBUF_DELTA was
added to previous allocation even if that ended up going beyond
h->max_bytes. This ended up rejecting some valid HTTP operations, e.g.,
when checking AP response to WPS ER setting selected registrar.

Fix this by taking HTTPREAD_BODYBUF_DELTA into account.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-25 00:17:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
20f331b707 OpenSSL: Write PKCS#12 extra cert errors into debug log
Commit de2a7b796d ('OpenSSL: Use
connection certificate chain with PKCS#12 extra certs') added a new
mechanism for doing this with OpenSSL 1.0.2 and newer. However, it did
not poinr out anything in debug log if SSL_add1_chain_cert() failed. Add
such a debug print and also silence static analyzer warning on res being
stored without being read (since the error case is ignored at least for
now).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-24 19:36:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
acf36f319f OpenSSL: Enable support for server side TLS session resumption
This allows TLS-based EAP server methods to use session resumption.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-24 18:01:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7f417feaa1 EAP-TLS server: Add support for session resumption
This allows TLS session resumption to be used to enable abbreviated
handshake.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-24 18:01:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b6f2ae3b5b EAP-TTLS server: Add support for session resumption
This allows TLS session resumption to be used to enable abbreviated
handshake and skipping of Phase 2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-24 18:01:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8bb5b875d1 EAP-PEAP server: Add support for session resumption
This allows TLS session resumption to be used to enable abbreviated
handshake and skipping of Phase 2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-24 18:01:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e23e35e39a EAP server: Set per-EAP method session context
This can be used to limit TLS session resumption within a TLS library
implementation to apply only for the cases where the same EAP method is
used. While the EAP server method matching will be enforced separately
by EAP server method implementations, this additional steps can optimize
cases by falling back to full authentication instead of having to reject
attempts after having completed session resumption successfully.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-24 02:29:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b3b8085ae8 TLS: Add functions for managing cached session state
The new tls_connection_set_success_data(),
tls_connection_set_success_data_resumed(),
tls_connection_get_success_data(), and tls_connection_remove_session()
functions can be used to mark cached sessions valid and to remove
invalid cached sessions. This commit is only adding empty functions. The
actual functionality will be implemented in followup commits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-24 02:29:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
681e199dfb EAP server: Add tls_session_lifetime configuration
This new hostapd configuration parameter can be used to enable TLS
session resumption. This commit adds the configuration parameter through
the configuration system and RADIUS/EAPOL/EAP server components. The
actual changes to enable session caching will be addressed in followup
commits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-24 02:29:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3f1b792fbe EAP server: Disable TLS session ticket with EAP-TLS/TTLS/PEAP
The EAP server is not yet capable of using TLS session ticket to resume
a session. Explicitly disable use of TLS session ticket with
EAP-TLS/TTLS/PEAP to avoid wasting resources on generating a session
ticket that cannot be used for anything.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-24 02:29:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
93bc654996 OpenSSL: Allow server connection parameters to be configured
This extends OpenSSL version of tls_connection_set_verify() to support
the new flags argument.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-24 02:29:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bfbebd2665 TLS: Add new arguments to tls_connection_set_verify()
The new flags and session_ctx arguments will be used in followup
commits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-24 02:29:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bd9b8b2b68 OpenSSL: Add wrapper struct for tls_init() result
This new struct tls_data is needed to store per-tls_init() information
in the followup commits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-24 02:29:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
87c59a1e5a tests: Allow AES-WRAP-192 test cases to be commented out with BoringSSL
BoringSSL does not support 192-bit AES, so these parts of the
wpa_supplicant module tests would fail.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-18 20:21:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
355a5c8ec5 OpenSSL: Reject OCSP-required configuration if no OCSP support
This is needed at least with BoringSSL to avoid accepting OCSP-required
configuration with a TLS library that does not support OCSP stapling.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-18 02:24:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c07e7b43e9 BoringSSL: Fix PKCS12_parse() segfault when used without password
Unlike OpenSSL PKCS12_parse(), the BoringSSL version seems to require
the password pointer to be non-NULL even if no password is present. Map
passwrd == NULL to passwd = "" to avoid a NULL pointer dereference
within BoringSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-18 02:06:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a89beee589 OpenSSL: Handshake completion and resumption state into debug log
This new debug log entry makes it more convenient to check how TLS
handshake was completed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-18 01:56:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a7803b0caf BoringSSL: Fix session resumption
BoringSSL commit 533ef7304d9b48aad38805f1997031a0a034d7fe ('Remove
SSL_clear calls in handshake functions.') triggered a regression for
EAP-TLS/TTLS/PEAP session resumption in wpa_supplicant due to the
removed SSL_clear() call in ssl3_connect() going away and wpa_supplicant
not calling SSL_clear() after SSL_shutdown(). Fix this by adding the
SSL_clear() call into wpa_supplicant after SSL_shutdown() when preparing
the ssl instance for another connection.

While OpenSSL is still call SSL_clear() in ssl3_connect(), it looks to
be safe to add this call to wpa_supplicant unconditionally.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-18 01:56:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0f56057c64 BoringSSL: Make SSL_set_ssl_method() conditional on EAP-FAST
This function does not seem to be available in BoringSSL. Since it is
needed for EAP-FAST (which is not currently working with BoringSSL),
address this by commenting out the EAP-FAST specific step from builds
that do not include EAP-FAST support.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-18 01:56:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
226cdea6ca BoringSSL: Comment out SSL_build_cert_chain() call
It looks like BoringSSL does include that function even though it claims
support for OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER where this is available (1.0.2). For
now, comment out that call to fix build.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-18 01:56:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
812f28b79c BoringSSL: Allow internal AES key wrap to be used with "OpenSSL" build
It looks like BoringSSL has removed the AES_wrap_key(), AES_unwrap_key()
API. This broke wpa_supplicant/hostapd build since those functions from
OpenSSL were used to replace the internal AES key wrap implementation.
Add a new build configuration option
(CONFIG_OPENSSL_INTERNAL_AES_WRAP=y) to allow the internal
implementation to be used with CONFIG_OPENSSL=y build to allow build
against the latest BoringSSL version.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-18 01:56:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9c3380d776 Remove duplicated sta_authorized_cb call
Commit 6959145b86 ('FST: Integration into
hostapd') introduced this duplicated call due to an incorrect merge
conflict resolution in ap_sta_set_authorized(). An earlier commit
61fc90483f ('P2P: Handle improper WPS
termination on GO during group formation') had moved this call to an
earlier location in the function and there is no point in re-introducing
another copy of the call at the end of the function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-17 00:18:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e1938ba934 WPS: Fix multi-interface WPS operations in hostapd
Couple of the for-each-interface loops used incorrect return value when
skipping over non-WPS interfaces. This could result in skipping some WPS
interfaces in the loop and returning error. Setting AP PIN did not check
for WPS being enabled at all and trigger a NULL pointer dereference if
non-WPS interface was enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-16 23:14:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
56906d06c7 WPS ER: Fix SSDP CACHE-CONTROL line parser
Incorrect number of bytes was skipped from the beginning of the line
which resulted in the loop skipping spaces doing nothing. However, the
following operation was simply looking for the max-age parameter with
os_strstr(), so this did not have any effect on functionality. Fix the
number of bytes to skip and remove the unneeded loop to skip spaces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-15 22:24:15 +03:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
ac8757cc35 Android: Use more flexible userid when launching browser popup
It was possible for the Hotspot 2.0 case of OSU user interaction to fail
with wpadebug browser due to permission denial in the "start" command
("java.lang.SecurityException: Permission Denial: startActivity asks to
run as user -2 but is calling from user 0; this requires
android.permission.INTERACT_ACROSS_USERS_FULL"). Avoid this by using
more flexible USER_CURRENT_OR_SELF (-3) value with the --user argument.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-13 21:14:01 +03:00
Srinivas Dasari
75055a538b nl80211: Use beacon TSF if it is newer than Probe Response TSF
cfg80211 sends TSF information with the attribute NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF
if the scan results include information from Beacon frame. Probe
Response frame information is included in NL80211_BSS_TSF. If the device
receives only Beacon frames, NL80211_BSS_TSF might not carry updated
TSF, which results an older TSF being used in wpa_supplicant. Fetch both
possible TSF values (if available) and choose the latest TSF for the BSS
entry.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-13 20:58:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
708ec753bc tests: ap_scan=2 AP mode operation and scan failure
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-11 21:48:55 +03:00
Ahmad Kholaif
fbcddaed9a P2P: Support driver preferred freq list for invitation case
When using P2P invitation to re-invoke a persistent P2P group without
specifying the operating channel, query the driver for the preferred
frequency list, and use it to select the operating channel of the group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-11 19:04:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
de2a7b796d OpenSSL: Use connection certificate chain with PKCS#12 extra certs
When using OpenSSL 1.0.2 or newer, this replaces the older
SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert() design with SSL_add1_chain_cert() to keep
the extra chain certificates out from SSL_CTX and specific to each
connection. In addition, build and rearrange extra certificates with
SSL_build_cert_chain() to avoid incorrect certificates and incorrect
order of certificates in the TLS handshake.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-11 01:27:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0d2c0e6776 OpenSSL: Fix PKCS#12 extra certificate handling
Previously, the possible extra certificate(s) from a PKCS#12 file was
added once for each authentication attempt. This resulted in OpenSSL
concatenating the certificates multiple time (add one copy for each try
during the wpa_supplicant process lifetime). Fix this by clearing the
extra chain certificates before adding new ones when using OpenSSL 1.0.1
or newer that include the needed function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-11 01:27:00 +03:00
Amit Khatri
6995536fa4 Fix a typo in enum wpa_states comment
Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit.khatri@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Rahul Jain <rahul.jain@samsung.com>
2015-08-08 23:48:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3bc25adbbc Fix PMKID addition to RSN element when RSN Capabilities are not present
This code path could not be hit with the RSNE generated by hostapd or
wpa_supplicant, but it is now possible to reach when using
own_ie_override test functionality. The RSNE and IE buffer length were
not updated correct in case wpa_insert_pmkid() had to add the RSN
Capabilities field.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-08 19:21:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bc02843e75 hostapd: Add testing option to override own WPA/RSN IE(s)
This allows the new own_ie_override=<hexdump> configuration parameter to
be used to replace the normally generated WPA/RSN IE(s) for testing
purposes in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-08 18:18:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
44fa5e747b FT: Remove optional fields from RSNE when using PMF
The PMKIDCount, PMKID List, and Group Management Cipher Suite fields are
optional to include in the RSNE in cases where these would not have
values that are different from the default values. In practice,
PMKIDCount is always 0 in Beacon and Probe Response frames, so the only
field of these that could have a non-default value is Group Management
Cipher Suite. When BIP is used, that field is not needed either due to
BIP being the default cipher when PMF is enabled.

Remove these fields from RSNE when BIP is used to save six octets in
Beacon and Probe Response frames. In addition to reduced frame length,
this is a workaround for interoperability issues with iOS 8.4 in cases
where FT and PMF are enabled. iOS seems to be rejecting EAPOL-Key msg
3/4 during FT initial mobility domain association if the RSNE includes
the PMKIDCount field.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-06 20:47:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7e97d813ee WPS: Reject AP settings with invalid network key (PSK/passphrase)
This is similar to the earlier commit
b363121a20 ('WPS: Reject invalid
credential more cleanly'), but for the AP cases where AP settings are
being replaced. Previously, the new settings were taken into use even if
the invalid PSK/passphrase had to be removed. Now, the settings are
rejected with such an invalid configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-06 20:47:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2a098e3668 P2PS: Clean up intended interface address passing to p2ps_prov_complete
Use NULL to indicate if the address is not available instead of fixed
00:00:00:00:00:00. wpas_p2ps_prov_complete() already had code for
converting NULL to that all zeros address for event messages.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-06 20:45:15 +03:00
Max Stepanov
93f22b4583 P2PS: Fix PD PIN event notifications
Change P2PS P2P-PROV-SHOW-PIN/P2P-PROV-ENTER-PIN event notifications
on PD Request/Response handling to meet required P2PS behavior.

The new implemented scheme:
1. For a legacy P2P provision discovery the event behavior remains
   without changes
2. P2PS PD, advertiser method: DISPLAY, autoaccept: TRUE:
   Advertiser: SHOW-PIN on PD request replied with a status SUCCESS
   Seeker: ENTER-PIN on PD response received with a status SUCCESS
3. P2PS PD, advertiser method: DISPLAY, autoaccept: FALSE:
   Advertiser: SHOW-PIN on PD request replied with a status
     INFO_CURRENTLY_UNAVAILABLE
   Seeker: ENTER-PIN on Follow-on PD request with a status
     SUCCESS_DEFERRED
4. P2PS PD, advertiser method: KEYPAD, autoaccept: TRUE/FALSE:
   Advertiser: ENTER-PIN on PD request replied with a status
     INFO_CURRENTLY_UNAVAILABLE
   Seeker: SHOW-PIN on PD response received with a status
     INFO_CURRENTLY_UNAVAILABLE

This change in behavior breaks the existing test cases
p2ps_connect_keypad_method_nonautoaccept and
p2ps_connect_display_method_nonautoaccept. Those will be fixed in a
followup commit.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-08-06 13:56:01 +03:00
Ilan Peer
5e1f480500 P2P: Add a function to compute the group common freqs
Add a function to compute the group common frequencies, and
use it to update the group_common_frequencies as part of the
channel switch flows.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-08-04 00:18:51 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
793ea13e2b Share freq-to-channel conversion function
Add ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() conversion function into
ieee802_11_common.c. This function converts freq to channel and
additionally computes operating class, based on provided HT and VHT
parameters.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-08-03 23:55:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ab62f96f55 Move debug level string conversion functions to wpa_debug.c
This makes it possible to use these helper functions from hostapd as
well as the current use in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-03 17:44:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
84bcb4e7a9 FST: Mark fst_ies buffer const
This buffer is owned by the FST module, so mark it const in the
set_ies() callback to make it clearer which component is responsible for
modifying and freeing this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-03 17:40:30 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
5e09f24a34 FST: Fix MB IE clearing on detach
This fixes an issue where freed MB IEs buffer memory could potentially
have been accessed after an interface is detached from FST group.
Without this fix, if an interface is detached from FST group, it can use
MB IEs buffer previously set by fst_iface_set_ies(), although the buffer
was released by fst_iface_delete().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-03 17:40:29 +03:00
Masashi Honma
ecd40fef74 mesh: Fix mesh SAE auth on low spec devices
The mesh SAE auth often fails with master branch. By bisect I found
commit eb5fee0bf5 ('SAE: Add side-channel
protection to PWE derivation with ECC') causes this issue. This does not
mean the commit has a bug. This is just a CPU resource issue.

After the commit, sae_derive_pwe_ecc() spends 101(msec) on my PC (Intel
Atom N270 1.6GHz). But dot11RSNASAERetransPeriod is 40(msec). So
auth_sae_retransmit_timer() is always called and it can causes
continuous frame exchanges. Before the commit, it was 23(msec).

On the IEEE 802.11 spec, the default value of dot11RSNASAERetransPeriod
is defined as 40(msec). But it looks short because generally mesh
functionality will be used on low spec devices. Indeed Raspberry Pi B+
(ARM ARM1176JZF-S 700MHz) requires 287(msec) for new
sae_derive_pwe_ecc().

So this patch makes the default to 1000(msec) and makes it configurable.

This issue does not occur on infrastructure SAE because the
dot11RSNASAERetransPeriod is not used on it.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-08-02 21:37:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7cb53ded11 Add build option to remove all internal RC4 uses
The new CONFIG_NO_RC4=y build option can be used to remove all internal
hostapd and wpa_supplicant uses of RC4. It should be noted that external
uses (e.g., within a TLS library) do not get disabled when doing this.

This removes capability of supporting WPA/TKIP, dynamic WEP keys with
IEEE 802.1X, WEP shared key authentication, and MSCHAPv2 password
changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-02 16:52:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4fc53159b9 OpenSSL: Fix FIPS mode enabling in dynamic interface case
FIPS_mode_set(1) cannot be called multiple times which could happen in
some dynamic interface cases. Avoid this by enabling FIPS mode only
once. There is no code in wpa_supplicant to disable FIPS mode, so once
it is enabled, it will remain enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-02 16:52:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e234c7c010 OpenSSL: Remove md4_vector() from CONFIG_FIPS=y builds
MD4 is not allowed in such builds, so comment out md4_vector() from the
build to force compile time failures for cases that cannot be supported
instead of failing the MD¤ operations at runtime. This makes it easier
to detect and fix accidental cases where MD4 could still be used in some
older protocols.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-02 16:52:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4549607b04 EAP-pwd peer: Comment out MS password hash if CONFIG_FIPS=y
The needed hash functions are not available in FIPS mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-02 16:52:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cd94f0d159 tests: Skip ms_funcs module tests in CONFIG_FIPS=y builds
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-02 16:52:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1046db8b53 Rename tls_connection_get_keys() to tls_connection_get_random()
Commit 94f1fe6f63 ('Remove master key
extraction from tls_connection_get_keys()') left only fetching of
server/client random, but did not rename the function and structure to
minimize code changes. The only name is quite confusing, so rename this
through the repository to match the new purpose.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-02 16:52:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d0eb8a0b4e OpenSSL: Allow server/client random to be fetched in FIPS mode
tls_connection_get_keys() used to return TLS master secret, but that
part was removed in commit 94f1fe6f63
('Remove master key extraction from tls_connection_get_keys()'). Since
then, there is no real need for preventing this function from being used
in FIPS mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-02 16:52:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f413eb03d9 random: Fix random_get_bytes() with CONFIG_FIPS=y
The bytes pointer was not reset back to the beginning of the buffer when
mixing in additional entropy from the crypto module. This resulted in
writing beyond the return buffer and not getting the required mixing of
the extra entropy for the actual return buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-01 21:08:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3b86d77bae P2P: Silence bogus compiler warnings
It looks like the compiler version used in Android 5.0 warns about
potentially uninitialized oper_freq variable in these debug messages.
That is not really valid since this code path can be reached only if
found != 0 and in such a case, oper_freq is set. Anyway, it seems better
to avoid compiler warnings, so add an unnecessary initialization for
oper_freq for now.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-01 21:08:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4a26972dfc OpenSSL: Remove md5_vector() from CONFIG_FIPS=y builds
MD5 is not allowed in such builds, so comment out md5_vector() from the
build to force compile time failures for cases that cannot be supported
instead of failing the MD5 operations at runtime. This makes it easier
to detect and fix accidental cases where MD5 could still be used in some
older protocols.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-01 21:08:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
835c89a16b EAP-TTLS: Disable CHAP, MSCHAP, and MSCHAPV2 in CONFIG_FIPS=y builds
FIPS builds do not include support for MD4/MD5, so disable
EAP-TTLS/CHAP, MSCHAP, and MSCHAPV2 when CONFIG_FIPS=y is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-01 21:07:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
125bbef0e7 EAP peer: Replace MD5 with SHA1 in duplicate message workaround
MD5 is not available in CONFIG_FIPS=y builds, so use SHA1 for the EAP
peer workaround that tries to detect more robustly whether a duplicate
message was sent.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-01 16:57:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
97e986cd74 tests: Skip MD5 module tests in CONFIG_FIPS=y builds
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-01 16:57:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
276a3c44dd OpenSSL: Implement aes_wrap/aes_unwrap through EVP for CONFIG_FIPS=y
The OpenSSL internal AES_wrap_key() and AES_unwrap_key() functions are
unfortunately not available in FIPS mode. Trying to use them results in
"aes_misc.c(83): OpenSSL internal error, assertion failed: Low level API
call to cipher AES forbidden in FIPS mode!" and process termination.
Work around this by reverting commit
f19c907822 ('OpenSSL: Implement aes_wrap()
and aes_unwrap()') changes for CONFIG_FIPS=y case. In practice, this
ends up using the internal AES key wrap/unwrap implementation through
the OpenSSL EVP API which is available in FIPS mode. When CONFIG_FIPS=y
is not used, the OpenSSL AES_wrap_key()/AES_unwrap_key() API continues
to be used to minimize code size.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-01 16:56:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
266cf4a0bc OpenSSL: Comment out openssl_get_keyblock_size() if CONFIG_FIPS=y
This function is not used in CONFIG_FIPS=y builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-01 15:52:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5bbc1c2581 tests: Comment out TLS PRF test from CONFIG_FIPS=y build
This fixes CONFIG_FIPS=y build that may not include tls_prf_sha1_md5().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-01 15:51:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e03e56c3d6 Comment out EAPOL-Key WEP support in CONFIG_FIPS=y build
This avoids a call to hmac_md5() to fix the build. The EAPOL-Key frame
TX code is not applicable for any FIPS mode operation, so the simplest
approach is to remove this from the build.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-01 15:49:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bfc284c5c7 Make ieee802_1x_tx_key() static
This is used only within ieee802_1x.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-01 15:45:18 +03:00
Ahmad Kholaif
6cc364946c P2P: Process preferred frequency list as part of GO Neg Req/Resp
When processing a GO Negotiation Request and Response, if local driver
supports the preferred channel list extension, then:

- Check if peer's preference for operating channel is already included
  in our preferred channel list and if so, take the oper_channel as is.

- If peer's preference for operating channel is not in local device's
  preferred channel list and peer device has provided its preferred
  frequency list in the GO Negotiation Request/Response, then find a
  channel that is common for both preferred channel lists and use it
  for oper_channel.

- If peer's preference for operating channel is not in local device's
  preferred channel list and peer device doesn't use preferred channel
  list extension, i.e., no preferred channel list in GO Negotiation
  Request/Response, then look for a channel that is common for local
  device's preferred channel list and peer's list of supported channels
  and use it for oper_channel.

- In case no common channel is found, use the peer's preference for
  oper_channel as is.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-31 15:24:39 +03:00
Ahmad Kholaif
fc71f7d99d P2P: Expose driver preferred frequency list fetch to P2P
This adds a callback function that can be used from the P2P module to
request the current preferred list of operating channels from the
driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-30 22:13:48 +03:00
Ahmad Kholaif
0ef54bd30e P2P: Do not omit known operating channel preference from GO Neg Resp
Add an extra condition to omit operating channel preference when
building GO Negotiation Response. If the local device supports the
preferred frequency list extension, then when sending a GO Negotiation
Response frame, advertise the preferred operating channel unless local
device is assuming the P2P Client role and has an empty preferred
frequency list, in which case local device can omit its preference for
the operating channel.

This change helps make use of the preferred frequency list and the
calculated best channel for both negotiating parties of the P2P
connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-30 22:13:48 +03:00
Ahmad Kholaif
def8f7035d P2P: Parse preferred frequency list extension
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-30 22:13:48 +03:00
Ahmad Kholaif
b841cf2fa6 P2P: Add preferred frequency list extension to GO Neg Req
When sending a GO Negotiation Request, advertise the preferred frequency
list in a new vendor specific IE. This can be used to extend the
standard P2P behavior where a single preferred channel can be advertised
by allowing a priority list of channels to be indicated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-30 22:13:48 +03:00
Ahmad Kholaif
370017d968 P2P: Use preferred frequency list from the local driver
If the driver supports the preferred frequency list extension, use this
information from the driver when no explicitly configured preference
list (p2p_pref_chan) is present for P2P operating channel selection.
This commit adds this for GO Negotiation and Invitation use cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-30 22:13:48 +03:00
Ahmad Kholaif
9baaac2d84 Add parsing of preferred frequency list element
This adds parsing of QCA vendor specific elements and as the first such
element to be parsed, stores pointers to the preferred frequency list
element that can be used to enhance P2P channel negotiation behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-30 22:13:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b43b2b5203 Define new registry for QCA vendor specific elements
The new enum qca_vendor_element_id registry is used to manage
assignments of vendor specific elements using the QCA OUI 00:13:74. The
initial assignment is for the purpose for extending P2P functionality
for cases where the wpa_supplicant implementation is used by both ends
of an exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-30 22:13:47 +03:00
Ahmad Kholaif
983422088f nl80211: Add means to query preferred channels
Extend the QCA vendor specific nl80211 interface to query the preferred
frequency list from driver and add a new wpa_cli command to query this
information.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-29 19:46:31 +03:00
Ahmad Kholaif
7c813acf9c P2P: Inform driver of the operating channel following group formation
Upon GO Negotiation completion, if the remote peer becomes GO, send a
hint event over QCA vendor specific interface to inform the driver of
the likely operating channel of the P2P GO.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-29 19:10:16 +03:00
Ahmad Kholaif
079a28f7b8 nl80211: Add concurrency capabilities to driver status
Extend the nl80211 interface command "driver status" to retrieve the
concurrency capabilities from the driver using the QCA vendor
extensions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-29 18:52:12 +03:00
Peng Xu
d0cdccd307 Fix generating offloaded ACS channel list when hw_mode is set to any
When ACS is offloaded to device driver and the hw_mode parameter is set
to any, the current_mode structure is NULL which fails the ACS command.
Fix this by populating the ACS channel list with channels from all bands
when current_mode is NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-28 23:22:24 +03:00
Srinivas Dasari
844dfeb804 QCA vendor command support to set band to driver
Add vendor command to pass SET setband command to the driver and read
the updated channel list from driver when this notification succeeds.
This allows the driver to update its internal channel lists based on
setband configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-28 21:00:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
06836013d3 OpenSSL: Remove EAP-FAST TLSv1.0 only workaround for OpenSSL 1.1.0
The issue with the special form of TLS session tickets has been fixed in
the OpenSSL 1.1.0 branch, so disable workaround for it. OpenSSL 1.0.1
and 1.0.2 workaround is still in place until a release with the fix has
been made.

This allows TLSv1.1 and TLSv1.2 to be negotiated for EAP-FAST with the
OpenSSL versions that support this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-28 21:00:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3947997dcc EAP-TLS/TTLS/PEAP/FAST peer: Stop connection more quickly on local failure
If there is only zero-length buffer of output data in error case, mark
that as an immediate failure instead of trying to report that
non-existing error report to the server. This allows faster connection
termination in cases where a non-recoverable error occurs in local TLS
processing, e.g., if none of the configured ciphers are available.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-28 21:00:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bb91243047 EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST peer: Stop immediately on local TLS processing failure
EAP-TLS was already doing this, but the other TLS-based EAP methods did
not mark methodState DONE and decision FAIL on local TLS processing
errors (instead, they left the connection waiting for a longer timeout).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-28 21:00:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c34cd66866 OpenSSL: Drop security level to 0 if needed for EAP-FAST
OpenSSL 1.1.0 disables the anonymous ciphers by default, so need to
enable these for the special case of anonymous EAP-FAST provisioning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-28 21:00:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
16bc3b8935 OpenSSL: Add SHA256 support in openssl_tls_prf() for TLSv1.2
This is needed when enabling TLSv1.2 support for EAP-FAST since the
SSL_export_keying_material() call does not support the needed parameters
for TLS PRF and the external-to-OpenSSL PRF needs to be used instead.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-28 21:00:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3de28506d2 OpenSSL: Implement openssl_tls_prf() for OpenSSL 1.1.0
This needs to use the new accessor functions since the SSL session
details are not directly accessible anymore and there is now sufficient
helper functions to get to the needed information.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-28 18:56:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4d2a1b4f8f OpenSSL: Implement SSL_set_session_secret_cb() callback for OpenSSL 1.1.0
This needs to use the new accessor functions for client/server random
since the previously used direct access won't be available anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-28 18:56:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
005c5dcf43 OpenSSL: Implement tls_connection_get_keys() for OpenSSL 1.1.0
This needs to use the new accessor functions since the SSL session
details are not directly accessible anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-28 18:56:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
690e543e8a OpenSSL: Include openssl/engine.h and openssl/dsa.h explicitly
This seems to be needed for OpenSSL 1.1.0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-28 18:56:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e9690eb74e OpenSSL: Remove extra BIO_write() call on TLS client
openssl_handshake() was checking only that in_data is not NULL and not
its length when determining whether to call BIO_write(). Extend that to
check the buffer length as well. In practice, this removes an
unnecessary BIO_write() call at the beginning of a TLS handshake on the
client side. This did not cause issues with OpenSSL versions up to
1.0.2, but that call seems to fail with the current OpenSSL 1.1.0
degvelopment snapshot. There is no need for that zero-length BIO_write()
call, so remove it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-28 18:56:45 +03:00
Max Stepanov
88f3d7c980 P2PS: Add feature capability to PD events
Report the feature capability on P2PS-PROV-START and P2PS-PROV-DONE
ctrl-iface events. A feature capability value is specified as
'feature_cap=<hex>' event parameter, where <val> is a hexadecimal
string of feature capability bytes in a PD Response frame.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-27 00:47:19 +03:00
Max Stepanov
c3ddf2c798 P2PS: Add CPT handling on PD request and response
On PD Request/follow-on PD Request preparation set a feature capability
CPT value of PD context.

On PD Request processing use a request CPT and service advertisement
CPT priority list to select a feature capability CPT of PD Response.

On follow-on PD Request processing use a request CPT and a CPT priority
list in PD context to select a CPT value of follow on PD Response.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-27 00:47:19 +03:00
Max Stepanov
0670de74ae P2PS: Add CPT parameter to P2PS_PROVISION and P2PS_PROVISION_RESP
Add a parameter allowing to specify a value of Coordination
Protocol Transport to P2PS_PROVISION and P2PS_PROVISION_RESP commands.

Extend the p2ps_provision structure to contain cpt_priority and
cpt_mask properties and initialize them on a P2PS PD request command.

The format of the parameter:
    cpt=<cpt>[:cpt]

where <cpt> is CPT name e.g. UDP or MAC. The CPT names are listed
according to their preferences to be used for a specific P2PS session.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-27 00:47:19 +03:00
Max Stepanov
e2b7fbf2fb P2PS: Add CPT parameter to P2P_SERVICE_ADD asp command
Add Coordination Transport Protocol parameter to P2P_SERVICE_ADD
asp command.

Extend p2ps_advertisement structure to contain CPT priorities
and a supported CPT bitmask.

The format of the new parameter:
    cpt=<cpt>[:<cpt>]

where <cpt> is a name of the Coordination Protocol Transport.
This implementation supports two CPT names: UDP and MAC.
The order of specified CPTs defines their priorities where
the first one has the highest priority.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-27 00:47:19 +03:00
Max Stepanov
add5975751 utils: Add cstr_token() function
Add an auxiliary cstr_token() function to get a token from a const char
string. The function usage syntax is similar to str_token(), but unlike
str_token() the function doesn't modify the buffer of the string. Change
str_token() function implementation to use cstr_token().

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-27 00:47:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8f997f044f FST: Make fst_hw_mode_to_band() non-inline function
There is no need for using an inline function for this. Save a bit in
binary size by using a normal function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-26 18:45:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f4843c2645 FST: Fix get_peer_mbies interface fetching in multi-group case
The foreach_fst_group() loop needs "break-if-found", not
"continue-if-not-found" to do the search iteration properly. If there
were multiple groups, the previous design could have failed to find the
interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-26 18:45:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1ab51fb595 FST: Merge unreachable error case to another error return
fst_read_next_text_param() is never called with buflen <= 1, so this
separate error path is practically unreachable. Merge it with another
error path to make this a bit more compact.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-26 18:45:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa95b7c073 FST: Use more robust interface-find for TEST_REQUEST
It is possible for there to be multiple FST groups, so the hardcoded
mechanism of selecting the first one when sending out an event message
may not be sufficient. Get the interface from the caller, if available,
and if not, go through all groups in search of an interface to send the
event on.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-26 18:45:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
481fa8fb22 FST: Use more robust interface-find for event messages
It is possible for there to be multiple FST groups, so the hardcoded
mechanism of selecting the first one when sending out an event message
may not be sufficient. Get the interface from the caller, if available,
and if not, go through all groups in search of an interface to send the
event on.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-26 18:12:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
55cd405a44 FST: Remove unnecessary fst_attach() already attached check
Now that both hostapd and wpa_supplicant already enforce no duplicate
fst_attach() calls, there is no need for this check within fst_attach().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-26 18:12:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fe73b469e8 FST: Fix dialog token wrap-around
Dialog token is only 8 bits and maintaining u32 version of it in struct
fst_group resulted in incorrect wrap-around behavior in
fst_group_assign_dialog_token(). It was possible to assign u8
dialog_token value 0 because of this. Fix this by using u8 variable
consistently.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-26 18:12:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b019955297 FST: Validate STIE header in FST Setup Request/Response
While this is always supposed to be the first element, check that this
is indeed the case instead of blindly using values from within the
element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-26 11:22:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e49f535dc5 FST: Fix Session Transition element length field value
The Element ID and Length subfields are not supposed to be included in
the Length. In addition, both of these subfields needs to be filled in
even for non-zero status code cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-26 11:21:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94edea89fd FST: Print reason for ignoring FST Action frame in debug log
This makes it easier to understand why some frames are not processed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-25 23:20:33 +03:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
8659e33342 atheros: Enable PMF functionality without CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y
This extends the previous PMF (CONFIG_IEEE80211W=y) design that used
functionality from the FT (CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y) changes to work without
requiring CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y build option to be included.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-24 16:55:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7c524a64c1 eloop: Fix cases where a socket is reopened from a timeout/signal handler
It was possible for a registered eloop socket handler to be unregistered
and re-registered for a re-opened socket with the same fd from a timeout
or signal handler. If such a case happened with the old socket having a
pending event waiting for processing, some eloop combinations could end
up calling the new handler function with the new socket and get stuck
waiting for an event that has not yet happened on the new socket. This
happened with timeout and signal handlers with all eloop.c types. In
addition to that, the epoll case could also trigger this when a socket
handler re-registered a re-opened socket.

Fix these by checking whether there has been socket handler changes
during processing and break the processing round by going back to
select/poll/epoll for an updated result if any changes are done during
the eloop handler calls before processing the old socket results.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-23 18:39:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
569f8f9b87 tests: eloop socket re-open from timeout/socket handler
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-23 18:39:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
48b06c17fa drv_callbacks: Coding style cleanup
Clean up inconsistent whitespace use and split strings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-22 19:56:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
acbd59d0a8 eloop: Try to terminate more quickly on SIGINT and SIGTERM
It was possible for the SIGINT/SIGTERM signal to be received while
processing a pending timeout/socket/signal event and then get stuck in
the following select() call before processing the signal event. If no
other events show up within the two second SIGALRM trigger, process will
be terminated forcefully even though there would have been possibility
to do clean termination assuming no operationg blocked for that two
second time.

Handle this more cleanly by checking for eloop.pending_terminate before
starting the select()/poll()/epoll_wait() wait for the following event.
Terminate the loop if pending signal handling requests termination.

In addition, make eloop_terminated() return 1 on eloop.pending_terminate
in addition to eloop.terminate since the process will be terminated
shortly and there is no point in starting additional processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-22 17:05:46 +03:00
Ahmad Kholaif
6b0ceee929 Add QCA vendor definitions for multi-port concurrency
Introduce definitions for QCA vendor specific subcommands and attributes
to support multiport concurrency.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-22 11:50:01 +03:00
Ravi Joshi
d71bdfbd83 Add QCA vendor command for updating gateway parameters
Add vendor command for updating gateway parameters to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Ravi Joshi <ravij@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-21 13:20:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
de74489276 Move ap_list_timer() to use common AP periodic cleanup mechanism
This reduces number of periodic eloop timeouts when AP mode operations
are in progress.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-20 13:42:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
22fd2822f9 Move hostapd_acl_expire() to use common AP periodic cleanup mechanism
This reduces number of periodic eloop timeouts when AP mode operations
are in progress.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-20 13:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3188aabaf1 Add shared periodic cleanup function for AP mode
This new mechanism can be used to combine multiple periodic AP
(including P2P GO) task into a single eloop timeout to minimize number
of wakeups for the process. hostapd gets its own periodic caller and
wpa_supplicant uses the previously added timer to trigger these calls.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-20 13:33:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8c0d0ff22e Use a single cleanup timer per wpa_supplicant process
Previously, one timeout per process (by default every 30 seconds) was
used P2P peer expiration and another per-interface timeout (every 10
seconds) was used to expire BSS entries. Merge these to a single
per-process timeout that triggers every 10 seconds to minimize number of
process wakeups due to periodic operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-20 13:28:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3c48c9c08f tests: Additional module tests for src/utils
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-19 23:07:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8d7aa7565b EAP server: Force FAILURE if EAP method buildReq fails
Previously, this resulted in unnecessary wait and retransmission of the
previous EAP-Request. Change that to trigger immediate transmission of
EAP-Failure and disconnection since the EAP method cannot really recover
from this state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-19 16:29:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7420e36293 hostap: Remove special handling for protocol version 3 on RX
This functionality was removed from the Host AP driver in May 2003, so
there is not any point in maintaining this in hostapd either.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-18 23:43:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9c68b6af97 FST: Fix FST-MANAGER TEST_REQUEST parsing
The space separator between the command and the parameter was not
skipped properly and the first integer ended up being interpreted as 0
in all cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-18 19:28:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c715d5c36c FST: Remove unreachable code in fst_session_handle_tear_down()
fst_session_is_in_progress() is already checked as part of
fst_find_session_in_progress() before calling
fst_session_handle_action(). This is the only call path that can reach
fst_session_handle_tear_down() and as such, fst_session_is_in_progress()
cannot return 0 here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-18 19:06:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a55ebeac26 FST: Remove duplicated dl_list_empty() check befor dl_list_first()
dl_list_first() takes care of this already, so there is no need to do a
separate check here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-18 17:23:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
73664e0985 FST: Use EINVAL more consistently as a negative return value
There was a mix of EINVAL and -EINVAL returns through the FST
implementation. Make this more consistent by always returning -EINVAL in
error cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-18 17:23:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a0f04da517 FST: Mark get_mb_ie() return value const
The caller is not expected to free or modify the value since this is
returning a reference to a buffer maintained by the upper layer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-18 17:23:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
74619cc150 FST: Replace print_mb_ies() with wpa_snprintf_hex()
There is no need to add new functions with more or less identical
functionality of an already available helper function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-18 17:23:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c836aa267e FST: Mark format_session_state_extra() static
This is not used outside fst_ctrl_iface.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-18 12:40:23 +03:00
PavanKumar N
fab51186dc Allow driver to be set in hostapd through global control interface
This extends the hostapd global control interface ADD command to allow
driver wrapper to be specified ("ADD <ifname> <ctrl_iface> <driver>").
Previously, this case that did not use a configuration file allowed only
the default driver wrapper to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 23:54:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
faf7ce5d4f Drop CONFIG_TI_COMPILER ifdefs
This experimental support for Texas Instruments C compiler was never
fully completed and it has not really been used in close to ten years,
so drop this to simply the header files.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-17 21:57:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c7068f106f WPS: Avoid bogus static analyzer warning in ndef_parse_record()
Use a local variable and check the record payload length validity before
writing it into record->payload_length in hopes of getting rid of a
bogus static analyzer warning. The negative return value was sufficient
to avoid record->payload_length being used, but that seems to be too
complex for some analyzers. (CID 122668)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 20:43:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6462e7387d FST: Avoid using pointer to mgmt->u.action.u.fst_action
Typecasting &mgmt->u.action.u.fst_action to a struct pointer for various
FST Action frame payloads seemed to be triggering static analyzer
warnings about bounds checking since sizeof(mgmt->u.action.u.fst_action)
== 1 even though that is really a variable length structure. Try to
avoid this by calculating the pointer for the beginning of the frame
instead of variable length struct. (CID 125642)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 20:37:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
85b563f7a4 P2P: Clear p2p->ssid_set on flush
It was possible for the previously set SSID to remain in place between
test cases (e.g., in sequence "p2ps_connect_adv_go_persistent
p2p_set_ssid_postfix") and the P2P SSID postfix not getting used
properly. Make this less likely to occur by clearing the old SSID in
p2p_flush().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 20:32:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9721b083f4 FST: Remove the IE header len/size macros
These are confusing when the style used with the couple of FST IE checks
differs from the rest of hostapd/wpa_supplicant implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 19:06:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f5f1cc9307 FST: Clean up fst_group_update_ie()
None of the callers passed in cleaning_up == TRUE, so drop that unused
code path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 19:06:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2bb51eddad FST: Move fst_mbie_get_peer_addr() into fst_group.c
There is no need for this function to be an inline function in a header
file since it is used only within fst_group.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 19:06:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
be9fbd9b67 FST: Fix FST Action frame length validation
Commit 717333f4e4 ('FST: Add the Fast
Session Transfer (FST) module') performed incorrect frame length
validation for Setup Request (did not remove 24+1 header from
consideration) and did not include payload validation for other FST
Action frames. Fix these by explicitly verifying that the payload of
these frames is sufficiently long before reading the values from there.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 13:00:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
66d464067d FT: Register RRB l2_packet only if FT-over-DS is enabled
There is no need to waste resources for this packet socket if FT-over-DS
is disabled or when operating P2P GO or AP mode in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 11:16:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
a8dab08a28 FST: Testing support
This patch introduces infrastructure needed for FST module tests.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:16 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
46ab9b8cf0 nl80211: Register for FST Action frames (STA)
wpa_supplicant will process these Action frames for FST operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:16 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
3794af2dc1 FST: wpa_supplicant control interface
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
8bae489f15 FST: Do not prune STAs belonging to the same FST
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
347827ff6e FST: Add FST IEs into AP mode management frames
This adds the FST IEs received from the FST module into Beacon, Probe
Response, and (Re)Association Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
037378ff31 FST: Send FST Action frames to AP mode processing
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
8e9a8b0f8c FST: hostapd control interface
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
6959145b86 FST: Integration into hostapd
This commit integrates the FST into the hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
ae667c0827 FST: Store MB IEs from (Re)Association Request
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
104bef453b FST: hostapd configuration parameters
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
659a1605d8 Parsing of multi band element
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
717333f4e4 FST: Add the Fast Session Transfer (FST) module
Fast Session Transfer (FST) is the transfer of a session from a channel
to another channel in a different frequency band. The term "session"
refers to non-physical layer state information kept by a pair of
stations (STAs) that communicate directly (i.e., excludes forwarding).

The FST is implemented in accordance with IEEE Std 802.11ad-2012.

Definitions

 * FST interface - an interface for which FST functionality is enabled
 * FST group - a bunch of FST interfaces representing single
		multi-band STA
 * FST peer - a multi-band capable STA connected
 * FST module - multi-band operation functionality implemented in
		accordance with IEEE Std 802.11ad-2012 (see 10.32
		Multi-band operation) as a part of hostapd/wpa_supplicant
 * FST manager - an external application that implements custom FST
		related logic, using the FST module's interfaces
		accessible via CLI or D-Bus

This commit introduces only the FST module. Integration of the FST
module into the hostapd/wpa_supplicant and corresponding CLI/D-Bus
interfaces and FST related tests are covered in separate commits.

FST manager application is out of scope of these commits.

As FST aggregates a few interfaces into FST group, the FST module uses
global CLI for both commands and notifications. It also exposes
alternative non-interface based D-Bus subtree for this purposes.

Configuration and Initialization

 * FST functionality can enabled by compilation flag (CONFIG_FST)
 * hostapd/wpa_supplicant controlling multiple interfaces are used for
   FST
 * once enabled by compilation, the FST can be enabled for specific
   interfaces in the configuration files
 * FST interfaces are aggregated in FST groups (fst_group_id config file
   entry), where each FST group:
   - represents one multi-band device
   - should have two or more FST interfaces in it
 * priority (fst_priority config file entry) must be configured for each
   FST interface. FST interface with higher priority is the interface FST
   will always try to switch to. Thus, for example, for the maximal
   throughput, it should be the fastest FST interface in the FST setup.
 * default Link Loss Timeout (LLT) value can be configured for each FST
   interface (fst_llt config file entry). It represents LLT to be used
   by FST when this interface is active.
 * FST interfaces advertise the Multi-band capability by including the
   Multi-band element in the corresponding frames

FST CLI commands:

 * fst list_groups - list FST groups configured.
 * fst list_ifaces - list FST interfaces which belong to specific group
 * fst iface_peers - list Multi-Band STAs connected to specific interface
 * fst list_sessions - list existing FST sessions
 * fst session_get - get FST session info
 * fst session_add - create FST session object
 * fst session_set - set FST session parameters (old_iface, new_iface,
                     peer_addr, llt)
 * fst session_initiate - initiate FST setup
 * fst session_respond - respond to FST setup establishemnt attempt by
                         counterpart
 * fst session_transfer - initiate FST switch
 * fst session_teardown - tear down FST Setup but leave the session object
			  for reuse
 * fst session_remove - remove FST session object

FST CLI notifications:
  * FST-EVENT-PEER - peer state changed (CONNECT/DISCONNECT)
  * FST-EVENT-SESSION - FST session level notification with following
                        sub-events:
     - EVENT_FST_SESSION_STATE - FST session state changed
     - EVENT_FST_ESTABLISHED - previously initiated FST session became
                               established
     - EVENT_FST_SETUP - new FST session object created due to FST session
                         negotiation attempt by counterpart

All the FST CLI commands and notifications are also implemented on D-Bus
for wpa_supplicant.

IEEE 802.11 standard compliance

FST module implements FST setup statemachine in compliance with IEEE
802.11ad (P802.11-REVmc/D3.3), as it described in 10.32 Multi-band
operation (see also Figure 10-34 - States of the FST setup protocol).

Thus, for example, the FST module initiates FST switch automatically
when FST setup becomes established with LLT=0 in accordance with
10.32.2.2 Transitioning between states.

At the moment, FST module only supports non-transparent STA-based FST
(see 10.32.1 General).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
290078a734 Add IEEE 802.11ad element descriptions
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 12:33:29 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
36209df93a Add is_multicast_ether_addr()
This helper function can be used to check whether a MAC address is a
multicast (including broadcast) address.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 12:33:29 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
ee1e3f57b5 hostapd: Global control interface notifications
This commit implements hostapd global control interface notifications
infrastructure. hostapd global control interface clients issue
ATTACH/DETACH commands to register and deregister with hostapd
correspondingly - the same way as for any other hostapd/wpa_supplicant
control interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 12:33:29 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
cb05808c46 nl80211: Generic Linux master interface support for hostapd
Previously, hostapd only supported the case of EAPOL frames receiving
from interfaces enslaved into bridge. This commit adds support for any
Linux master (teaming, openvswitch, bonding, etc.) to be detected.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 12:33:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3722c0f4aa Add EAPOL_SET hostapd command to configure EAPOL parameters
This new control interface command "EAPOL_REAUTH <MAC address>
<parameter> <value>" can be used to implement the IEEE 802.1X PAE
Set Authenticator Configuration operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-12 11:34:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cfb5c08f21 Add EAPOL_REAUTH hostapd command to trigger EAPOL reauthentication
This new control interface command "EAPOL_REAUTH <MAC address>" can be
used to implement the IEEE 802.1X PAE Reauthenticate operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-12 11:33:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bddc51e8e4 RSN: Stop connection attempt on apparent PMK mismatch
If WPA2-Enterprise connection with full EAP authentication (i.e., no
PMKSA caching used) results in a PMKID that does not match the one the
AP/Authenticator indicates in EAPOL-Key msg 1/4, there is not much point
in trying to trigger full EAP authentication by sending EAPOL-Start
since this sequence was immediately after such full authentication
attempt.

There are known examples of authentication servers with incorrect MSK
derivation when TLS v1.2 is used (e.g., FreeRADIUS 2.2.6 or 3.0.7 when
built with OpenSSL 1.0.2). Write a clear debug log entry and also send
it to control interface monitors when it looks likely that this case has
been hit. After doing that, stop the connection attempt by
disassociating instead of trying to send out EAPOL-Start to trigger new
EAP authentication round (such another try can be tried with a new
association).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-08 20:55:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fe1bf32974 Make TLS version number available in STATUS command
This adds a new STATUS command field "eap_tls_version" that shows the
TLS version number that was used during EAP-TLS/TTLS/PEAP/FAST exchange.
For now, this is only supported with OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-08 19:51:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5650d379a3 OpenSSL: Add option to disable use of TLSv1.0
The new phase1 config parameter value tls_disable_tlsv1_0=1 can now be
used to disable use of TLSv1.0 for a network configuration. This can be
used to force a newer TLS version to be used. For example,
phase1="tls_disable_tlsv1_0=1 tls_disable_tlsv1_1=1" would indicate that
only TLS v1.2 is accepted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-08 19:27:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2456264fad NFC: Add a hardcoded limit on maximum NDEF payload length
While this is already enforced in practice due to the limits on the
maximum control interface command length and total_length bounds
checking here, this explicit check on payload_length value may help
static analyzers understand the code better. (CID 122668)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-08 17:03:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df9079e727 NFC: Fix payload length validation in NDEF record parser
It was possible for the 32-bit record->total_length value to end up
wrapping around due to integer overflow if the longer form of payload
length field is used and record->payload_length gets a value close to
2^32. This could result in ndef_parse_record() accepting a too large
payload length value and the record type filter reading up to about 20
bytes beyond the end of the buffer and potentially killing the process.
This could also result in an attempt to allocate close to 2^32 bytes of
heap memory and if that were to succeed, a buffer read overflow of the
same length which would most likely result in the process termination.
In case of record->total_length ending up getting the value 0, there
would be no buffer read overflow, but record parsing would result in an
infinite loop in ndef_parse_records().

Any of these error cases could potentially be used for denial of service
attacks over NFC by using a malformed NDEF record on an NFC Tag or
sending them during NFC connection handover if the application providing
the NDEF message to hostapd/wpa_supplicant did no validation of the
received records. While such validation is likely done in the NFC stack
that needs to parse the NFC messages before further processing,
hostapd/wpa_supplicant better be prepared for any data being included
here.

Fix this by validating record->payload_length value in a way that
detects integer overflow. (CID 122668)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-08 16:52:25 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
b843a8b8a6 P2PS: Save intended interface address after P2PS PD
One possible outcome of the P2PS PD is P2P GO/P2P Client. In this case,
one peer becomes a P2P GO and the P2P Client joins it. Since multiple
GOs may run simultaneously on the same P2P Device, the P2P Client should
join using the intended interface address.

To be able to find the device by the intended interface address, save it
during the PD.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:59:44 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
5cc6ec0f68 P2PS: Set intended interface address correctly for new group
If a device may be an explicit GO, it adds the GO details in the PD
Request. First, we try to reuse an active GO. If it is not present, we
try to reuse a non-active persistent group. In the latter case, if a
dedicated P2P interface is needed, the intended address should be that
of the pending interface. However, the wpas_get_go_info() provided the
ssid->bssid address, which is the address of the P2P device. This might
result in an incorrect intended interface attribute in the PD Request in
case a separate group interface is used.

Fix this by setting group_iface variable to true only if a dedicated
interface should be used and set the attribute accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:57:07 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
1f14e2bf92 P2PS: Add PD Response validation
Validate the PD Response frame contents more thoroughly when it is used
for P2PS.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:52:38 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
1f1a08b4cc P2PS: Add intended iface address during PD for persistent group
When persistent group is used and the peer is GO in this group,
intended interface attribute should be added to PD request/response.
Not doing so violates the spec.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:41:19 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
223ccebfa3 P2PS: Save wps_prov_info on the responder side
When device A sends PD response to device B, device A should save
wps_prov_info for device B. Not doing so would result in a redundant and
incorrect PD flow, e.g., when upon PROV-DISC-DONE event device B starts
a GO and device A should join it.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:26:07 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
2fc866d1bc P2PS: Validate WPS config methods more accurately in PD Request
In case of a P2PS PD, allow keypad, display, and P2PS WPS config
methods. For a legacy PD, allow keypad, display, and pushbutton methods.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:24:01 +03:00
Max Stepanov
ea210b9f8a P2P: Refactor p2p_process_prov_disc_resp() function
Add 'else if' to P2PS status verification to prevent a redundant
condition checking. The first 'if' condition is true only if
  status == P2P_SC_SUCCESS || status == P2P_SC_SUCCESS_DEFERRED.
while the second condition checks:
  status != P2P_SC_SUCCESS &&
  status != P2P_SC_FAIL_INFO_CURRENTLY_UNAVAILABLE &&
  status != P2P_SC_SUCCESS_DEFERRED
Thus, the two conditions are mutually exclusive and 'else if' can be
used if this case.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:21:44 +03:00
Max Stepanov
20f4c3d76b P2P: Delete redundant comparison in p2p_process_prov_disc_resp()
Delete redundant comparison of msg.wps_config_methods with
dev->req_config_methods in p2p_process_prov_disc_resp() since it's
already done early in this function. Also, the second comparison
doesn't make too much sense: it can happen after a possible
p2p_reset_pending_pd() call setting dev->req_config_methods to 0.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:20:43 +03:00
Max Stepanov
82d6113502 P2PS: Fix adv_id and adv_mac params of P2P-PROV-DISC-FAILURE
When wpa_supplicant receives a PD Response with reject status it
generated P2P-PROV-DISC-FAILURE event without adv_id and adv_mac
parameters. Fix this by adding these parameters to the
wpas_prov_disc_fail() function call.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 19:40:49 +03:00
Dan Williams
e8492c8145 hostap: Fix send_mlme() after 'freq' parameter addition
This fixes the incomplete driver_hostap.c change from commit
5d180a7739 ('drivers: Add freq parameter
to send_mlme() function') that did not take into account the internal
callers.

Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2015-07-07 19:40:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c8a15753eb Send EAPOL-Start on HELD->CONNECTING transition
Previously, only CONNECTING->CONNECTING case ended up sending out an
EAPOL-Start frame to avoid sending the unnecessary initial EAPOL-Start.
However, this optimization prevented new EAPOL-Start from being
initiated when leaving the HELD state. Allow that case to trigger
immediate EAPOL-Start transmission to speed up connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 19:25:31 +03:00
Mike Gerow
471c810bc1 pkcs11: Don't ask for a new PIN on TLS handshake failure
The only time the PIN should fail is when we initialize the TLS
connection, so it doesn't really make sense to get rid of the PIN just
because some other part of the handshake failed.

This is a followup to commit fd4fb28179
('OpenSSL: Try to ensure we don't throw away the PIN unnecessarily').

Signed-off-by: Mike Gerow <gerow@google.com>
2015-07-07 19:25:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
476a634d60 Avoid ubsan warning on 0x80<<24 not fitting in int in WPA_GET_BE32/LE32
Use a typecast to make this shift unsigned so that the MSB fits within
the range of allowed values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cf6fd19b34 ndisc_snoop: Avoid misaligned read of IPv6 address
The IPv6 address in the frame buffer may not be 32-bit aligned, so use a
local copy to align this before reading the address with 32-bit reads
(s6_addr32[]).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e9ed7d9898 EAP-TTLS: Avoid ubsan warning on 0x80<<24 not fitting in int
Use a typecast to make this unsigned so that the MSB fits within the
range of allowed values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0f5fb8a467 radiotap: Avoid ubsan warning on 1<<31
Use the BIT() macro and unsigned int to avoid ubsan warning on 1<<31 not
fitting in an int.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fc880b11ed NFC: Avoid misaligned read of an NDEF field
The 32-bit version of payload length field may not be 32-bit aligned in
the message buffer, so use WPA_GET_BE32() to read it instead of ntohl().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e01281fccc trace: Use explicit alignment requirements to avoid misalignment
64-bit builds with CONFIG_WPA_TRACE=y resulted in the wpabuf pointers
getting misaligned (only 32-bit aligned) and that would result in reads
and writes of unaligned size_t values. Avoid this by indicating explicit
alignment requirement for wpabuf_trace to 8 octets (i.e., there will be
extra four octets of padding in case of 64-bit builds).

Similarly, struct os_alloc_trace resulted in some potential misalignment
cases, e.g., when CONFIG_ACS=y uses a 'long double' variable within
struct hostapd_channel_data. Avoid misalignment issues with explicit
alignment indication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f97e3ce473 drivers: Use unsigned arguments for sta_set_flags()
Since BIT() is now returning unsigned int, these functions need to match
that to avoid compiler warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
32d6463fe7 Make BIT() unsigned int instead of int
This is needed to avoid ubsan warnings on BIT(31).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bd47c80564 Include stddef.h to use the standard offsetof()
src/utils/list.h ended up defining a local version of offsetof() due to
stddef.h not getting included. This resulted in unnecessary warnings
from ubsan related to "dereferencing" of a NULL pointer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
028b19675d RADIUS DAS: Avoid compiler warning on abs()
The input parameter ended up being converted to long int instead of int,
so use an explicit typecase to get rid of the compiler warning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
597e8afeb4 ERP: Avoid mixing of enum types
Use explicit typecasting to avoid implicit conversion warnings in cases
where enum eap_erp_type is used in functions taking an EapType argument.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
05a90d78dc FT: Allow CCMP-256 and GCMP-256 as group ciphers
The FT-specific check for valid group cipher in wpa_ft_gen_req_ies() was
not up-to-date with the current list of supported ciphers. Fix this by
using a generic function to determine validity of the cipher. In
practice, this adds support for using CCMP-256 and GCMP-256 as the group
cipher with FT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f24b97972b OpenSSL: Merge error returns
These similar error cases can use a single return statement.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-30 21:48:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
84d6a17a27 TLS: Remove unused tls_capabilities()
This mechanism to figure out TLS library capabilities has not been used
since commit fd2f2d0489 ('Remove
EAP-TTLSv1 and TLS/IA') (Sep 2011).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-30 21:40:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
786722763d ms_funcs: Merge similar return cases
There is no need to have separate return statements for these corner
cases that are unlikely to be hit in practice.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-29 23:23:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
359636170f hw_features: Merge similar return case in check_40mhz_2g4()
There is no need to have separate return statements for these corner
cases that are unlikely to be hit in practice.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-29 23:23:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
aac1efec34 Reject the initial 4-way handshake if initial GTK setup fails
This makes the AP/Authenticator design more robust against unexpected
failures in random number generation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-29 23:23:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2da525651d Add backtrace-based error path testing mechanism
The new TEST_FAIL and GET_FAIL control interface commands can be used
similarly to the earlier TEST_ALLOC_FAIL/GET_ALLOC_FAIL design. The new
version is more generic framework allowing any function to be annotated
for failure testing with the TEST_FAIL() macro. This mechanism is only
available in builds with CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BFD=y and
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y. For other builds, the TEST_FAIL() macro is
defined to return 0 to allow the compiler to remove the test code from
normal production builds.

As the first test site, allow os_get_random() to be marked for failing
based on call backtrace.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-29 23:23:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
55413ce072 P2P: Do not allow 40 MHz co-ex PRI/SEC switch to force MCC
Do not allow 40 MHz co-ex PRI/SEC switch to force us to change our PRI
channel if we have an existing connection on the selected PRI channel
since doing multi-channel concurrency is likely to cause more harm than
using different PRI/SEC selection in environment with multiple BSSes on
these two channels with mixed 20 MHz or PRI channel selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-28 18:14:58 +03:00
Stepanov, Max
8c43ef8449 P2PS: Fix attribute addition in p2p_buf_add_service_instance()
Fix a condition when Advertised Service Info Attribute is added to
a probe response in p2p_buf_add_service_instance(). The issue is
that a 'found' value is increased even if 'test' and 'adv->hash' hashes
are different. As result 'found' may have a non-zero value when an
attribute data length is 0. In this cause an empty attribute is about to
be added. Fixing it by eliminating 'found' and checking 'total_len'
containing a real number of bytes added to Advertised Service Info
Attribute.

This fixes an issue from commit 50a9efe713
('P2PS: Fix Probe Response frame building in error cases').

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-06-27 23:54:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6c7314917b AP: Increase maximum value accepted for cwmin/cwmax
The cwmin/cwmax parameters were limited more than is needed. Allow the
full range (0..15 for wmm_ac_??_{cwmin,cwmax} and 1..32767 for
tx_queue_data?_{cwmin,cwmax}) to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-27 23:34:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
575e4f5d49 SAE: Reject FFC commit-element with value p-1
The current P802.11 description of SAE uses "1 < element < p" as the
required range. However, this is not correct and does not match the
Dragonfly description of "1 < element < p-1". SAE definition will need
to change here. Update the implementation to reject p-1 based on the
correct rule here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-27 21:20:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a406244395 P2PS: Do not reply to ProbeReq on another channel when starting Listen
It was possible for the P2PS Probe Response frame to go out on the
channel on which a Probe Request frame was reported even when we are
just about to start Listen mode on another channel. This could result in
the peer device using incorrect channel for us. Fix this by skipping the
response in this special case while waiting for Listen mode to start.

This showed up as a hwsim test failure with test sequence "gas_fragment
p2ps_connect_display_method_nonautoaccept" in cases where the dev[0]
Listen channel was not same as the AP operating frequency in the GAS
test.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-27 17:10:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c2b3f6541 SAE: Reject commit-scalar value 1
IEEE Std 802.11-2012 description of SAE does not require this, i.e., it
describes the requirement as 0 < scalar < r for processing the Commit
message. However, this is not correct and will be changes to 1 < scalar
< r to match the Dragonfly description so that a trivial secret case
will be avoided explicitly.

This is not much of an issue for the locally generated commit-scalar
since it would be very unlikely to get the value of 1. For Commit
message processing, a peer with knowledge of the password could
potentially force the exchange to expose key material without this
check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-27 12:41:40 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
4f39908b60 Send CTRL-EVENT-NETWORK-NOT-FOUND if no suitable network was found
This provides more information to upper layer programs on what happens
with connection attempts in cases where the enabled networks are not
found in scan results.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2015-06-27 11:08:08 +03:00
Kevin Cernekee
ded14ce95d Android: Fix nl80211 build if BOARD_*_PRIVATE_LIB is unspecified
wpa_supplicant has stub functions if the external p2p symbols are
unavailable, but the build still fails if the
wpa_driver_nl80211_driver_cmd symbol is missing.  Fix this by leaving the
function pointer NULL.  This is safe because wpa_drv_driver_cmd() performs
a NULL check.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Cernekee <cernekee@google.com>
2015-06-26 22:46:49 +03:00
Kevin Cernekee
a1407217b1 Android: Rename ANDROID_P2P_STUB to ANDROID_LIB_STUB
If BOARD_HOSTAPD_PRIVATE_LIB is not used on an Android build, we will
need to replace both the p2p functions *and* wpa_driver_nl80211_driver_cmd
in order to successfully link.  Let's make the name more generic so it is
more obvious what it is used for.

Suggested-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Cernekee <cernekee@google.com>
2015-06-26 22:46:16 +03:00
Maneesh Jain
4457f41b54 radius: Fix NULL dereference issue on allocation failure
In case memory allocation fails, data->pac_opaque_encr_key may be NULL
and lead to possible crash.

Signed-off-by: Maneesh Jain <maneesh.jain@samsung.com>
2015-06-26 22:44:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f826fb1de1 OpenSSL: Handle EC_POINT_is_on_curve() error case
Even though this OpenSSL function is documented as returning "1 if point
if on the curve and 0 otherwise", it can apparently return -1 on some
error cases. Be prepared for that and check explicitly against 1 instead
of non-zero.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-26 22:41:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bbb50086e3 SAE: Use random "password" in extra hunting-and-pecking loops
If PWE is discovered before the minimum number of loops (k) is reached,
the extra iterations use a random "password" to further obfuscate the
cost of discovering PWE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-26 22:41:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eb5fee0bf5 SAE: Add side-channel protection to PWE derivation with ECC
This replaces the earlier IEEE Std 802.11-2012 algorithm with the design
from P802.11-REVmc/D4.0. Things brings in a blinding technique for
determining whether the pwd-seed results in a suitable PWE value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-26 22:41:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
16841ab246 crypto: Add functions for computing the Legendre symbol and EC y^2
These are needed to implement side-channel protection for SAE PWE
derivation for ECC.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-26 22:41:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c4a13b424b OpenSSL: Add support for Brainpool Elliptic Curves
This allows the IKE groups 27-30 (RFC 6932) to be used with OpenSSL
1.0.2 and newer. For now, these get enabled for SAE as configurable
groups (sae_groups parameter), but the new groups are not enabled by
default.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-26 22:41:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4584b66eae SAE: Increase security parameter k to 40 based on Dragonfly recommendation
draft-irtf-cfrg-dragonfly recommends implementation to set the security
parameter, k, to a value of at least 40. This will make PWE generation
take significantly more resources, but makes it more likely to hide
timing differences due to different number of loops needed to find a
suitable PWE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-25 20:53:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fdd731bd4a SAE: Fix PWE generation to use minimum loop count (k) properly
The implementation did not match the comment, i.e., only k-1 rounds were
required instead of k.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-25 20:53:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8ec33326c1 SAE: Merge sae_derive_commit() error case return statements
These error cases have the exact same outcome, so a single return
statement can be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 23:10:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d93abd4a97 SAE: Merge sae_get_rand() error case return statements
These error cases have the exact same outcome, so a single return
statement can be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 23:10:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6a58444d27 SAE: Verify that own/peer commit-scalar and COMMIT-ELEMENT are different
This check explicitly for reflection attack and stops authentication
immediately if that is detected instead of continuing to the following
4-way handshake that would fail due to the attacker not knowing the key
from the SAE exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 23:10:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4e7e68890a Add crypto_ec_point_cmp()
This is needed to allow SAE to check whether ECC elements are identical.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 22:29:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fdc5608c12 OpenSSL: Remove SSL_CTX_{get,set}_app_data() compatibility wrapper
OpenSSL 0.9.8 (and newer) includes SSL_CTX_get_app_data() and
SSL_CTX_set_app_data(), so there is no need to maintain this old
OPENSSL_SUPPORTS_CTX_APP_DATA backwards compatibility design.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 21:05:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ba54933f63 libtommath: Fix mp_init_multi() stdarg use on error path
Previously, it would have been possible for va_end(args) to be called
twice in case mp_init() fails. While that may not cause issues on number
of platforms, that is not how va_start()/va_end() are supposed to be
used. Fix this by returning from the function without using va_end()
twice on the same va_list args.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 20:39:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f6df3f3a00 Use os_* wrapper more consistently
os_free() needs to be used when freeing memory that was allocated with
os_malloc()/os_zalloc()/os_calloc().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 20:08:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c5ca73d1f7 P2P: Use offsetof() instead of local implementation
The construction used here to figure out the offset of variable length
IEs in Probe Request frames was a bit odd looking and resulted in a
warning from a static analyzer, so replace it with more standard use of
offsetof().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 18:30:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3c5b5fe92 ERP server: Make erp_send_finish_reauth() easier for static analyzers
The flags argument is used to indicate a failure case (0x80) which
allows erp == NULL. This may be a bit too difficult combination for
static analyzers to understand, so add an explicit check for !erp as
another condition for returning from the function before the erp pointer
gets dereferenced without checking it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 18:27:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6ce1bea1ff bsd: Remove redundant NULL check in bsd_init()
drv cannot be NULL here (it is dereferenced even on the preceding line)
and anyway, os_free(NULL) is allowed, so remove the redundant check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 18:20:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c99df20192 Remove redundant NULL check in ieee802_1x_encapsulate_radius()
The eap argument to this function is never NULL and the earlier
ieee802_1x_learn_identity() call is dereferencing it anyway, so there is
no point in checking whether it is NULL later in the function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 18:18:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2eb5967d99 AP: Add more 2.4 GHz channels for 20/40 MHz HT co-ex scan
This needs to find the PRI channel also in cases where the affected
channel is the SEC channel of a 40 MHz BSS, so need to include the
scanning coverage here to be 40 MHz from the center frequency. Without
this, it was possible to miss a neighboring 40 MHz BSS that was at the
other end of the 2.4 GHz band and had its PRI channel further away from
the local BSS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 11:25:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5ed6519625 hw_features: Merge similar return cases
There is no need to have separate return statements for these corner
cases that are unlikely to be hit in practice.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 11:24:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4e37dd6c60 SAE: Simplify sae_prepare_commit() error path
There is no need to keep separate "return -1" statements for these error
cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-22 00:38:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3dce85ceb0 HS 2.0: Add WLAN RADIUS attributes in OSEN case
Previously, the common WLAN-* RADIUS attributes were added only when WPA
or WPA2 was used. These can be of use for OSEN as well, so include them
in that case, too.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-20 23:04:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
efd5d26d33 Remove unnecessary wpa_ie_len check from wpa_parse_wpa_ie_wpa()
There is no need to have a separate "fail silently" case for wpa_ie_len
== 0. That condition does not seem to be reachable and even if it were,
the following "ie len too short" case will result in the exact same
return value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-20 23:04:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ce8963fc9f Remove WEP40/WEP104 cipher suite support for WPA/WPA2
As far as IEEE 802.11 standard is concerned, WEP is deprecated, but at
least in theory, allowed as a group cipher. This option is unlikely to
be deployed anywhere and to clean up the implementation, we might as
well remove all support for this combination.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-20 23:04:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1887be4fa7 Make check_20mhz_bss() static
This is not used outside this file anymore, so there is no need to
export the symbol either.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-20 16:05:54 +03:00
Ilan Peer
1ac977bdd5 nl8021: Allow sending wowlan configuration on any interface
Sending a wowlan configuration command can be done on any wireless
interface (not only netdev), as it is a device configuration and not
interface configuration specific. Fix the code to allow it to be
sent on any interface.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-19 16:17:04 +03:00
Ilan Peer
489970270b nl80211: Remove android_genl_ctrl_resolve()
Android libnl_2 implementation added support for "nl80211" name in
commit 'libnl_2: Extend genl_ctrl_resolve() to support "nl80211" name'
in July 2012 which got included in Android 4.2. It is fine to drop this
old Android ICS workaround from wpa_supplicant now.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-19 16:06:28 +03:00
Ben Rosenfeld
6b5147af53 P2P: Fix memory leak in p2p_process_nfc_connection_handover()
p2p_process_nfc_connection_handover() allocates msg memory in the parser
and might return before memory is released if the received message is
not valid.

Signed-off-by: Ben Rosenfeld <ben.rosenfeld@intel.com>
2015-06-19 01:23:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
33ba27d387 EAP-FAST peer: Stop immediately on key derivation failure
If key derivation fails, there is no point in trying to continue
authentication. In theory, this could happen if memory allocation during
TLS PRF fails.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-19 01:23:24 +03:00
Ben Rosenfeld
144b6a0650 OpenSSL: Fix memory leak on an openssl_tls_prf() error path
Free tmp_out before returning to prevent memory leak in case the second
memory allocation in openssl_tls_prf() fails. This is quite unlikely,
but at least theoretically possible memory leak with EAP-FAST.

Signed-off-by: Ben Rosenfeld <ben.rosenfeld@intel.com>
2015-06-19 01:23:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
50a9efe713 P2PS: Fix Probe Response frame building in error cases
org.wi-fi.wfds service is not a replacement for non-WFA service matches.
Do not try to replace the results with that if there is not sufficient
room for the response. Instead, reply with all the matching services
that fit into the message. org.wi-fi.wfds is the first entry in the list
(if matching request/service is present), so it won't get overridden by
other services.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 18:14:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
509f269bbd P2PS: Fix org.wi-fi.wfds matching when building the response
The service hash for org.wi-fi.wfds is supposed to match only if the
device has a WFA defined org.wi-fi.wfds.* service. Verify that before
adding org.wi-fi.wfds to the response.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 18:14:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5fa5f84324 P2PS: Add more debug prints for service info building
This makes the debug log much more helpful for figuring out results from
service hash matching.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 18:14:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fdde3db6b8 P2PS: Remove unnecessary service hash filtering from p2p_reply_probe()
Probe Response building is already doing service matching and there is
no need to do this in both places, so simplify the p2p_reply_probe()
implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 18:14:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f2e0eecf09 P2PS: Do not ignore other hashes if org.wi-fi.wfds hash is included
When doing initial processing of Probe Request frame service hashes, the
previous implementation dropped all other hash values if a hash for
org.wi-fi.wfds was included. This is not correct, since that is not a
full wildcard of all services (it only matches WFA defined
org.wi-fi.wfds.* services).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 17:27:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ebdc32f350 P2PS: Fix service hash matching for org.wi-fi.wfds
This "wildcard" match is for WFA specified org.wi-fi.wfds.* services,
not for all services. Verify that there is a really matching service
being advertised instead of assuming this "wildcard" matches if any
services are advertised.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 17:27:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
24533f7e81 P2PS: Fix p2p_find handling to allow "wildcard" with other hash values
The org.wi-fi.wfds "wildcard" is not a full wildcard of all service
names and as such, it must not remove other service name hash values
from the Probe Request frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 17:27:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f33a31b06c P2PS: Verify service name length in P2P_FIND command
p2ps_gen_hash() has a limit on service names based on the temporary
buffer from stack. Verify that the service name from the local P2P_FIND
command is short enough to fix into that buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 17:27:30 +03:00
Max Stepanov
83e520e473 P2PS: Add a wildcard with other advertised service info
Quoting P2PS specification: "If multiple Service Hash values are
included in the Probe Request frame, then the ASP shall find a match for
each Service Hash, and it shall send a Probe Response frame with the
information listed in this section for all matched Service Hashes." This
commit changes handling of wildcard hash matching by adding a
wildcard 'org.wi-fi.wfds' info together with the other hash matches.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-18 15:06:54 +03:00
Max Stepanov
c5d3cadbfb P2PS: Re-factor p2p_buf_add_service_instance function
Add auxiliary functions to write a single advertised service info record
into a wpabuf and to find P2PS wildcard hash in a received hash
attribute. Re-factor p2p_buf_add_service_instance() function to allow
adding new wildcard types in future commits.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-18 15:06:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b4c0f58452 Clear allocated debug message buffers explicitly
When hostapd or wpa_supplicant is run in debug more with key material
prints allowed (-K on the command line), it is possible for passwords
and keying material to show up in debug prints. Since some of the debug
cases end up allocating a temporary buffer from the heap for processing
purposes, a copy of such password may remain in heap. Clear these
temporary buffers explicitly to avoid causing issues for hwsim test
cases that verify contents of memory against unexpected keys.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-17 16:30:34 +03:00
Max Stepanov
e12c4004e4 P2PS: Refactor p2p_data::query_hash and p2p_data::query_count use
Avoid using p2p_data::query_hash for both Probe Request frame processing
and for hashes specified by p2p_find. It's resolved by use of local
query_hash and query_count variables in p2p_reply_probe().

Since p2p_data::query_hash is used only for seek hash values rename
p2p_data::query_hash to p2ps_seek_hash.

Delete p2p_data::query_count since it's not needed anymore.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-15 17:30:01 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
4839da4d4f P2P: Add vendor elements into Invitation Response frames
Commit 86bd36f0d5 ('Add generic mechanism
for adding vendor elements into frames') introduced a mechanism to add
vendor elements into various frames, but missed the addition to the
Invitation Response frame. This commit addresses the same.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-15 14:16:30 +03:00
Max Stepanov
886f583dd7 P2PS: Delete p2ps_svc_found from struct p2p_data
This variable is used locally only in the p2p_reply_probe() function.
The value of this variable is valid only in the context of the single
Probe Request message handling and doesn't make much sense in p2p
context.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Max Stepanov
3f048aa8d2 P2PS: Add a function to free a PD context
Free a PD context with a function encapsulating both os_free() call and
setting a PD context pointer to NULL.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
8f52409972 P2P: Prefer direct Probe Response frames over GO's client list
A P2P Client may be discoverable and reply to Probe Request frames,
while at the same time the P2P GO would also be discoverable and include
the P2P Client information in the P2P Group Info attribute of the Probe
Response frames.

If a seeker constantly hears the Probe Response frames from a P2P Client
and then from the GO, but handles them in the opposite order (due to
scan results ordering), the more valuable Probe Response frame from the
P2P Client will be ignored. Fix this by defining a threshold (1 second)
during which the direct Probe Response frame will be preferred over the
information acquired from the GO and will not be considered as old.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
4e8817f7f0 P2P: Use more precise device timestamping for group clients
When adding group clients to the P2P peer list, use the driver provided
BSS entry timestamp instead of the current time. Otherwise, the time
comparison which is made in p2p_add_device() doesn't make sense.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
0799b3f899 P2P: Specify frequency when sending Probe Response frame
If the RX frequency of the Probe Request frame is known, specify it when
sending the Probe Response frame. This is needed when the Probe Request
frame is received on another virtual interface, for example, when a GO
or P2PS client are discoverable on the group operating channel.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
5d180a7739 drivers: Add freq parameter to send_mlme() function
Change send_mlme() API to allow sending management frames on a specific
channel, overriding the internal driver decision.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Max Stepanov
5143e7ee6e P2P: Fix return value of p2p_reply_probe() and p2p_probe_req_rx()
Return P2P_PREQ_PROCESSED instead of P2P_PREQ_NOT_PROCESSED on
a successful Probe Request frame handling in p2p_reply_probe().

Verify a return value of p2p_reply_probe() in p2p_probe_req_rx()
and continue a pending invitation/connection flow only if the
Probe Request frame is from an expected P2P peer.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Max Stepanov
734ddf6125 P2P: Add rx_freq parameter to Probe Request frame handler
In some cases, Probe Request frames can be received by a peer not only
on a listen channel. In this case an additional rx_freq parameter
explitly contains a Probe Request frame RX frequency. In case rx_freq is
set to 0, a Probe Request frame RX channel is assumed to be our own
listen channel (p2p->cfg->channel).

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a9a4841010 Remove duplicated country code from operating class lists
CA country code was included mistakenly (copy-paste..) in cn_op_class_cc
while it was supposed to be included only in us_op_class_cc. In
practice, this did not result in incorrect operation due to the
us_op_class_cc list being checked first. Anyway, better fix
cn_op_class_cc to avoid confusion here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-14 17:40:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bbd0bf811e tests: Additional ieee802_11_parse_elems() module test coverage
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-14 16:47:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
41ecd3778d tests: Module test for gas.c corner cases in gas_anqp_set_len()
This increases code coverage for gas.c testing to cover areas that
cannot be reached with pure hwsim test cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-14 16:27:21 +03:00
Michael Braun
132dfbe8c2 Fix removal of tagged interface and bridge when multiple BSS share them
Currently, if multiple bss share are bridge and tagged vlan interface,
only the first instance of struct hostapd_vlan for this vlanid will have
the DVLAN_CLEAN_VLAN flag added. Thus, when this instance is removed,
the tagged vlan interface will be removed from bridge, thought other bss
might still need it. Similarily, the bridge will be left over, as the
does not have zero ports when the first instance of a struct
hostapd_vlan is freed.

This patch fixes this by having a global (per process) reference counter
for dynamic tagged vlan and dynamically created bridge interfaces, so
they are only removed after all local users are freed. (struct
hapd_interfaces *)->vlan_priv is used to hold src/ap/vlan_init.c global
per-process data like drv_priv does; right now this is only used for the
interface reference counting, but could get extended when needed. Then
possibly some vlan_global_init / vlan_global_deinit should be added, but
this is not required right now.

Additionally, vlan->configured is checked to avoid reference counter
decreasing before vlan_newlink increased them.

In order to avoid race conditions, vlan_dellink is called explicitly
after hostapd_vlan_if_remove. Otherwise there would be a short timeframe
between hostapd_vlan_if_remove and vlan_dellink during which the struct
hostapd_vlan still exists, so ap_sta_bind_vlan would try to attach
stations to it.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-06-14 13:33:07 +03:00
Amr BEN ABDESSALEM
0c9fb14ec4 P2P: Add Operating class 125 for P2P supported channels
Add operating class 125 (channels 149..169) to the list of P2P supported
channels. This allows the 5 GHz channels 161 and 169 to be used for P2P
GO when those channels are allowed for AP mode in the current regulatory
domain.

Signed-off-by: Amr BEN ABDESSALEM <amrx.ben.abdessalem@intel.com>
2015-06-12 20:39:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
995a3a06f4 Document the wpa_msg_cb "global" parameter
Instead of an int variable with magic values 0, 1, 2, use an enum that
gives clearer meaning to the values now that the original boolean type
global argument is not really a boolean anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-10 16:02:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e19c1d2cc7 Fix pairwise cipher suite bitfields to the driver in mixed mode
Commit 95b6bca66d ('Add rsn_pairwise bits
to set_ieee8021x() driver_ops') modified cipher configuration to use
unconditionally wpa_pairwise | rsn_pairwise. While that works for many
cases, it does not handle the case of dynamic configuration changes over
the control interface where wpa_pairwise or rsn_pairwise values may not
get cleared when the wpa parameter is modified. Fix this inconsistency
by configuring the driver with only the bits that are valid for the
currently enabled WPA/WPA2 version(s).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-10 13:49:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c5ee4dd9d9 Fix spelling of initialize in a comment and an error message
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-10 12:02:46 +03:00
MAYANK HAARIT
aa2b12562b P2P: Add GO Intent of connecting device in GO Negotiation Request event
Add GO Intent information of connecting device in GO Negotiation Request
event which will help applications to decide its own GO intent value in
advance and can avoid failure cases when both devices use GO Intent 15
depending on application requirement.

Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
2015-06-06 18:16:39 +03:00
Alan T. DeKok
f13e815491 Set Acct-Session-Id from os_get_random() instead of os_get_time()
So that systems with bad clocks will send random session IDs,
instead of always ones starting at the same second.

If os_get_random() isn't available, use os_get_time(). But also
mix in now.tv_usec, so that the accounting session ID is more
likely to be globally and temporally unique.

Signed-off-by: Alan DeKok <aland@freeradius.org>
2015-06-06 17:23:43 +03:00
MAYANK HAARIT
92f190a0ac OpenSSL: Fix build iwth OpenSSL 0.9.8
The OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER < 0x00909000L case of
openssl_get_keyblock_size() had not been kept in sync with the cleanup
changes.

Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
2015-06-06 17:15:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0980c7face hostapd: Make sure band selection does not result in NULL dereference
Explicitly check for iface->current_mode before dereferencing it. While
this case may not happen in practice, it is better for the setup
functions to be more careful when doing the initial band selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-02 20:06:49 +03:00
Peng Xu
3784c0589e Extend hw_mode to support any band for offloaded ACS case
When device supports dual band operations with offloaded ACS, hw_mode
can now be set to any band (hw_mode=any) in order to allow ACS to select
the best channel from any band. After a channel is selected, the hw_mode
is updated for hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-05-27 12:17:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ca24117a5a EAP-EKE: Add Session-Id
While RFC 6124 does not define how Session-Id is constructed for
EAP-EKE, there seems to be consensus among the authors on the
construction. Use this Type | Nonce_P | Nonce_S construction based on
the following email:

 From: Yaron Sheffer <yaronf.ietf at gmail.com>
 To: ietf at ietf.org
 Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 13:13:42 +0200

Expanding on my previous response, I suggest to resolve Bernard's
concern by adding the following text:

5.6 EAP Key Generation

EAP-EKE can be used for EAP key generation, as defined by [RFC 5247].
When used in this manner, the values required to establish the key
hierarchy are defined as follows:

- Peer-Id is the EAP-EKE ID_P value.
- Server-Id is the EAP-EKE ID_S value.
- Session-Id is the concatenated Type | Nonce_P | Nonce_S, where Type is
  the method type defined for EAP-EKE in [Sec. 4.1], a single octet.

Thanks,
	Yaron

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-24 11:58:45 +03:00
Srinivasa Duvvuri
567098ec74 ACS: Scan only channels specified in the channel list
The ACS code part of hostapd scans all the channels even if the channel
list is specified in the hostapd.conf. Limit the ACS scan channels to
the list specified in the config file.

Signed-off-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri<sduvvuri@chromium.org>
2015-05-24 10:38:27 +03:00
Ilan Peer
9b05135aa4 P2P: Fix association with an AP/P2P GO that is not a P2P manager
Do not add a P2P IE when a station interface is trying to associate
to an AP or P2P GO that publishes a P2P IE but does not include
a P2P manageability attribute.

This addresses an interoperability issue that was reported in
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=96471, where a P2P GO
rejects association from a station interface without a specified
reason.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-05-07 21:00:22 +03:00
Matthias May
8884ce03bc hostapd: check validity of cwMin/cwMax values
Signed-off-by: Matthias May <matthias.may@neratec.com>
2015-05-07 20:57:32 +03:00
Michael Braun
9649b5342d vlan: Print libnl error message on vlan_add / vlan_del
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-05-07 20:54:26 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
279724d835 Add QCA vendor subcmd for Link Property Query
Link Property query vendor command shall facilitate the information
of the Wi-Fi link. MAC address of the Wi-Fi peer is given as an input
for querying the link properties.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-05-07 18:53:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
58606fd987 EAP-pwd server: Make sure in_frag_pos is cleared to zero on allocation
The cleanup code will handle this, but it is more robust to make sure
this is cleared to zero when allocating a new buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6aa5d95dab EAP-pwd peer: Make sure in_frag_pos is cleared to zero on allocation
The cleanup code will handle this, but it is more robust to make sure
this is cleared to zero when allocating a new buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
28a069a545 EAP-pwd peer: Fix asymmetric fragmentation behavior
The L (Length) and M (More) flags needs to be cleared before deciding
whether the locally generated response requires fragmentation. This
fixes an issue where these flags from the server could have been invalid
for the following message. In some cases, this could have resulted in
triggering the wpabuf security check that would terminate the process
due to invalid buffer allocation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3035cc2894 EAP-pwd server: Fix Total-Length parsing for fragment reassembly
The remaining number of bytes in the message could be smaller than the
Total-Length field size, so the length needs to be explicitly checked
prior to reading the field and decrementing the len variable. This could
have resulted in the remaining length becoming negative and interpreted
as a huge positive integer.

In addition, check that there is no already started fragment in progress
before allocating a new buffer for reassembling fragments. This avoid a
potential memory leak when processing invalid message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
477c74395a EAP-pwd peer: Fix Total-Length parsing for fragment reassembly
The remaining number of bytes in the message could be smaller than the
Total-Length field size, so the length needs to be explicitly checked
prior to reading the field and decrementing the len variable. This could
have resulted in the remaining length becoming negative and interpreted
as a huge positive integer.

In addition, check that there is no already started fragment in progress
before allocating a new buffer for reassembling fragments. This avoid a
potential memory leak when processing invalid message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e28a58be26 EAP-pwd server: Fix payload length validation for Commit and Confirm
The length of the received Commit and Confirm message payloads was not
checked before reading them. This could result in a buffer read
overflow when processing an invalid message.

Fix this by verifying that the payload is of expected length before
processing it. In addition, enforce correct state transition sequence to
make sure there is no unexpected behavior if receiving a Commit/Confirm
message before the previous exchanges have been completed.

Thanks to Kostya Kortchinsky of Google security team for discovering and
reporting this issue.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dd2f043c9c EAP-pwd peer: Fix payload length validation for Commit and Confirm
The length of the received Commit and Confirm message payloads was not
checked before reading them. This could result in a buffer read
overflow when processing an invalid message.

Fix this by verifying that the payload is of expected length before
processing it. In addition, enforce correct state transition sequence to
make sure there is no unexpected behavior if receiving a Commit/Confirm
message before the previous exchanges have been completed.

Thanks to Kostya Kortchinsky of Google security team for discovering and
reporting this issue.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ef566a4d4f AP WMM: Fix integer underflow in WMM Action frame parser
The length of the WMM Action frame was not properly validated and the
length of the information elements (int left) could end up being
negative. This would result in reading significantly past the stack
buffer while parsing the IEs in ieee802_11_parse_elems() and while doing
so, resulting in segmentation fault.

This can result in an invalid frame being used for a denial of service
attack (hostapd process killed) against an AP with a driver that uses
hostapd for management frame processing (e.g., all mac80211-based
drivers).

Thanks to Kostya Kortchinsky of Google security team for discovering and
reporting this issue.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8640cf7f8f WPS: Add more debug prints to httpread
These can be helpful when debugging HTTP error cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1bd0d578a9 WPS: Replace the httpread_debug design with standard debug prints
The debug information from httpread can be helpful in figuring out error
cases in general and as such, should be enabled by default. Get rid of
the hardcoded httpread_debug value that would require source code
changes to enable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7da4f4b499 WPS: Check maximum HTTP body length earlier in the process
There is no need to continue processing a HTTP body when it becomes
clear that the end result would be over the maximum length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
af185d0b57 WPS: Extra validation step for HTTP reader
Verify that ncopy parameter to memcpy is not negative. While this is not
supposed to be needed, it is a good additional protection against
unknown implementation issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5acd23f458 WPS: Fix HTTP chunked transfer encoding parser
strtoul() return value may end up overflowing the int h->chunk_size and
resulting in a negative value to be stored as the chunk_size. This could
result in the following memcpy operation using a very large length
argument which would result in a buffer overflow and segmentation fault.

This could have been used to cause a denial service by any device that
has been authorized for network access (either wireless or wired). This
would affect both the WPS UPnP functionality in a WPS AP (hostapd with
upnp_iface parameter set in the configuration) and WPS ER
(wpa_supplicant with WPS_ER_START control interface command used).

Validate the parsed chunk length value to avoid this. In addition to
rejecting negative values, we can also reject chunk size that would be
larger than the maximum configured body length.

Thanks to Kostya Kortchinsky of Google security team for discovering and
reporting this issue.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Maks Naumov
74d912f134 libtommath: Fix check mp_init_multi() result
If the mp_init_multi() call had failed due to memory allocation failure,
mp_div() would have returned 1 instead of MP_MEM (-2). It looks like all
callers are checking the return value against MP_OKAY instead of <1
(etc.), so this does not seem to result in difference in behavior.
Anyway, it's best to fix the mp_div() return value for the MP_MEM error
case to avoid unexpected behavior.

Signed-off-by: Maks Naumov <maksqwe1@ukr.net>
2015-05-03 16:53:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fd66aa63f4 Check Public Action length explicitly before reading Action Code
In theory, the previous version could have resulted in reading one byte
beyond the end of the management frame RX buffer if the local driver
were to deliver a truncated Public Action frame for processing. In
practice, this did not seem to happen with mac80211-based drivers and
even if it were, the extra octet would be an uninitialized value in a
buffer rather than read beyond the end of the buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:33:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ff4a6d4382 EAP-SIM/AKA: Explicitly check for header to include Reserved field
This was previously checked as part of the eap_sim_parse_attr()
processing, but it is easier to review the code if there is an
additional explicit check for confirming that the Reserved field is
present since the pos variable is advanced beyond it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:33:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f5ed40010c EAP-SAKE: Make attribute parser more readable
Clean up eap_sake_parse_add_attr() design by passing in pointer to the
payload of the attribute instead of parsing these separately for each
attribute within the function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0dfb7be470 EAP-SAKE: Pass EAP identifier instead of full request
This simplifies analysis of areas that get access to unverified message
payload.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
354e3f7959 TLS: Fix debug dump of X.509 certificate
The length of the extra data following the encoded certificate was
printed out in debug hexdump.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
87fcb5a735 EAP-PAX: Fix PAX_STD-1 and PAX_STD-3 payload length validation
The req_plen argument to eap_pax_process_std_1() and
eap_pax_process_std_3() could be smaller than sizeof(struct eap_pax_hdr)
since the main processing function was only verifying that there is
enough room for the ICV and then removed ICV length from the remaining
payload length.

In theory, this could have resulted in the size_t left parameter being
set to a negative value that would be interpreted as a huge positive
integer. That could then result in a small buffer read overflow and
process termination if MSGDUMP debug verbosity was in use.

In practice, it does not seem to be feasible to construct a short
message that would be able to pass the ICV validation (calculated using
HMAC-SHA1-128) even for the case where an empty password is used.
Anyway, the implementation should really check the length explicitly
instead of depending on implicit check through ICV validation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3c5615ee0 EAP-GPSK: Pass EAP identifier instead of full request
This simplifies analysis of areas that get access to unverified message
payload.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d36c803c69 EAP-TLS/PEAP/TTLS/FAST: Move more towards using struct wpabuf
The EAP-TLS-based helper functions can easily use struct wpabuf in more
places, so continue cleanup in that direction by replacing separate
pointer and length arguments with a single struct wpabuf argument.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8d9f3b8ed6 EAP-FAST: Do not use type cast to remove const specification
All the uses here are read only, so there is no need to type case the
const specification away.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
07f9034d14 EAP-FAST: Pass EAP identifier instead of full request
This simplifies analysis of areas that get access to unverified message
payload.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f153e41bb2 EAP-EKE: Do not pass full request to eap_eke_build_fail()
This function is only using the Identifier field from the EAP request
header, so there is no need to pass it a pointer to the full message.
This makes it a bit easier to analyze the area that gets access to
unverified message payload.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
53f376c103 Fix a typo in function documentation
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:31:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dea0d8ee29 RADIUS: Fix a copy-paste error in variable name
MS-MPPE-Recv-Key generation in radius_msg_add_mppe_keys() used incorrect
function argument (send_key_len; should be recv_key_len) when allocating
a temporary buffer. Fix this by using the correct argument.

The only caller of the function uses the same length for both
send_key_len and recv_key_len, so this copy-paste error did not result
in any difference in the behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-29 12:08:27 +03:00
Hamad Kadmany
01a025937c WPS: Add support for 60 GHz band
Handling of WPS RF band for 60 GHz was missing. Add it in all relevant
places and also map "AES" as the cipher to GCMP instead of CCMP when
operating on the 60 GHz band.

Signed-off-by: Hamad Kadmany <qca_hkadmany@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-28 00:22:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
346517674a nl80211: Verify that cipher suite conversion succeeds
It was possible for the WPA_ALG_PMK algorithm in set_key() to result in
trying to configure a key with cipher suite 0. While this results in a
failure from cfg80211 or driver, this is not really desirable operation,
so add a check for cipher suite conversion result before issuing the
nl80211 command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-27 16:49:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4a7ce98469 Make IPv6 NA multicast-to-unicast conversion configurable
This can be used with Proxy ARP to allow multicast NAs to be forwarded
to associated STAs using link layer unicast delivery. This used to be
hardcoded to be enabled, but it is now disabled by default and can be
enabled with na_mcast_to_ucast=1. This functionality may not be desired
in all networks and most cases work without it, so the new
default-to-disabled is more appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-27 12:30:09 +03:00
Michael Braun
a0ad9e8c9e Remove WPA per-VLAN groups when no more stations remain
Previously, struct wpa_group was created when the first station enters
the group and the struct wpa_group was not freed when all station left
the group. This causes a problem because wpa_group will enter
FATAL_FAILURE when a wpa_group is running while the AP_VLAN interface
has already been removed.

Fix this by adding a reference counter to struct wpa_group and free a
group if it is unused.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-26 16:56:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
87b5b53959 Make VLAN ID available in STA info over control interface
If hostapd has bound a STA into a specific VLAN, the new vlan_id
parameter in the control interface STA command can now be used to check
which VLAN ID is in use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-26 15:58:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
209214b479 vlan: Move CONFIG_FULL_DYNAMIC_VLAN includes to proper places
All the system header files are supposed to be included before any other
internal header file apart from utils/includes.h.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-26 13:36:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a6da824b19 Do not use C++ reserved words as variable names
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-26 13:36:55 +03:00
Mikael Kanstrup
8b423edbd3 Declare all read only data structures as const
By analysing objdump output some read only structures were found in
.data section. To help compiler further optimize code declare these
as const.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2015-04-25 17:33:06 +03:00
Mike Gerow
fd4fb28179 OpenSSL: Try to ensure we don't throw away the PIN unnecessarily
Now on an engine error we decode the error value and determine if the
issue is due to a true PIN error or not. If it is due to incorrrect PIN,
delete the PIN as usual, but if it isn't let the PIN be.

Signed-off-by: Mike Gerow <gerow@google.com>
2015-04-25 16:05:50 +03:00
Masashi Honma
fabc6dd8c4 mesh: Retransmit the last Commit Message in the Committed state
Previously, mesh state machine transmits updated Commit Message when
receiving a Confirm Message in Committed state. According to the
standard, it should (re)send the latest Commit Message previously sent.

IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 11.3.8.6.4 Protocol instance behavior - Committed
state:
"Upon receipt of a Con event, ... If Sync is not greater than
dot11RSNASAESync, the protocol instance shall increment Sync, transmit
the last Commit Message sent to the peer, and set the t0
(retransmission) timer."

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-04-25 15:36:41 +03:00
Michael Braun
068669fc92 vlan: Verify RADIUS returned VLAN-ID and dynamic_vlan=required
This extends dynamic_vlan=required checks to apply for WPA-PSK with
macaddr_acl=2 (RADIUS) case.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-25 10:28:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8ea8a89cb4 nl80211: Extend unique MAC address assignment for station iftype
Previously, only P2P and mesh use cases enforced unique MAC address for
a dynamically added virtual interface. Extend this to cover normal
station mode interfaces since those can now be added with INTERFACE_ADD.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-24 01:22:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ca68a8b561 WPS: Explicitly reject Public Key attribute with unexpected length
There is no need to try to derive DH shared key with a peer that tries
to use too short or too long DH Public Key. Previously, such cases ended
up implicitly getting rejected by the DH operations failing to produce
matching results. That is unnecessarily, so simply reject the message
completely if it does not have a Public Key with valid length. Accept
couple of octets shorter value to be used to avoid interoperability
issues if there are implementations that do not use zero-padding
properly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6b94f71dcd WPS: Truncate variable length string attributes to maximum length
This enforces variable length strings Manufacturer, Model Name, Model
Number, and Serial Number to be within the maximum length defined in the
WSC specification. While none of the existing users for these within
hostapd/wpa_supplicant had problems with longer strings, it is good to
ensure the strings are not longer to avoid potential issues at higher
layer components.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f4b64c603e Simplify VHT Operation element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the element is of fixed length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6fefd64d2 Simplify HT Operation element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the element is of fixed length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
40baac0e43 Simplify VHT Capabilities element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the element is of fixed length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
baae4cb9b4 Simplify HT Capabilities element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the element is of fixed length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b39a05913a Simplify Timeout Interval element parsing
Remove the length field from struct ieee802_11_elems since the only
allowed element length is five and that is checked by the parser.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e8997b9407 Simplify ERP element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the only allowed element length is one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f87c99c787 Simplify DSSS Parameter Set element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the only allowed element length is one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ae7a42bde2 FT: Check FT, MD, and Timeout Interval length in the parser
All the existing users of these elements were already validating the
element length. However, it is clearer to validate this already at the
parser for extra layer of protection for any future changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
253103681c FT: Fix WMM TSPEC validation in driver-based AP MLME case
Commit 88b32a99d3 ('FT: Add FT AP support
for drivers that manage MLME internally') added an alternative way of
processing the WMM TSPEC from RIC. However, that change did not seem to
include the same checks for WMM TSPEC element length that were used in
the original implementation for MLME-in-hostapd case. Fix this by
sharing the older implementation of copying the WMM TSPEC from RIC for
both cases.

It looks like the destination buffer for the response is sufficiently
long for the fixed length copy, but it may have been possible to trigger
a read beyond the end of the FTIE by about 50 bytes. Though, that seems
to be within the buffer received for RX buffer in the case that uses
this driver-based AP MLME design for FT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
26b3f64428 tests: Add ap-mgmt-fuzzer
This program can be used to run fuzzing tests for areas related to AP
management frame parsing and processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
46c3befe24 tests: Add eapol-fuzzer
This program can be used to run fuzzing tests for areas related to EAPOL
frame parsing and processing on the supplicant side.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a65d7495b5 tests: Add p2p-fuzzer
This program can be used to run fuzzing tests for areas related to P2P
message parsing and processing. p2p-fuzzer allows data files to be used
to inject Probe Response and Action frames for processing by the P2P
module.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
632931c3ce P2P: Use WPS_SEC_DEV_TYPE_MAX_LEN in P2P array definition
This makes it more obvious that the wps_parse_msg() bounds checking is
used to verify that there is sufficient space in the P2P buffer for the
secondary device types.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6ca8a74cd0 tests: Add a module test for wpa_ssid_txt() with too long SSID
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0f5acfba06 Use common is_ctrl_char() helper function
This modifies couple of code segments that replaced control characters
in strings with '_' to use a common helper function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a041acc0a WPS: Ignore too long SSID attribute
While it looks like all the users of this parsed attribute were able to
handle longer SSID values, there is no valid use case for these and to
avoid any potential future issues, enforce maximum length (32 bytes) on
the SSID during parsing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6c3067d32 Replace SSID_LEN with SSID_MAX_LEN
This makes source code more consistent.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
81847c22ba Replace HOSTAPD_MAX_SSID_LEN with SSID_MAX_LEN
This makes source code more consistent.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6fb761c690 Replace WPA_MAX_SSID_LEN with SSID_MAX_LEN
This makes the source code more consistent.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d9d1b9527a Use SSID_MAX_LEN define instead of value 32 when comparing SSID length
This makes the implementation easier to understand.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
65b10253d6 WPS: Ignore too long Device Name attribute
While it looks like all the users of this parsed attribute were able to
handle longer Device Name values, there is no valid use case for these
and to avoid any potential issues in upper layer components, enforce
maximum length (32 bytes) on the Device Name during parsing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc6f24380c Add WPS_DEV_NAME_MAX_LEN define and use it when comparing length
This make code easier to understand.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dd3d8578d0 P2PS: Check for maximum SSID length in Persistent Group Info
While none of the current users of msg.persistent_ssid{,_len} would have
issues with too long SSID value, it is safer to enforce bounds checking
on the SSID while parsing the attribute to avoid any potential issues in
the future.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
05e46a944a Ignore too long SSID element value in parser
The SSID element is defined to have a valid length range of 0-32. While
this length was supposed to validated by the users of the element
parser, there are not really any valid cases where the maximum length of
32 octet SSID would be exceeded and as such, the parser itself can
enforce the limit as an additional protection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9ed4eee345 P2P: Validate SSID element length before copying it (CVE-2015-1863)
This fixes a possible memcpy overflow for P2P dev->oper_ssid in
p2p_add_device(). The length provided by the peer device (0..255 bytes)
was used without proper bounds checking and that could have resulted in
arbitrary data of up to 223 bytes being written beyond the end of the
dev->oper_ssid[] array (of which about 150 bytes would be beyond the
heap allocation) when processing a corrupted management frame for P2P
peer discovery purposes.

This could result in corrupted state in heap, unexpected program
behavior due to corrupted P2P peer device information, denial of service
due to process crash, exposure of memory contents during GO Negotiation,
and potentially arbitrary code execution.

Thanks to Google security team for reporting this issue and smart
hardware research group of Alibaba security team for discovering it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
90758f09ec Mark QCA vendor command id 53 reserved, but not used anymore
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:21:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f41ded6fa4 Remove unused leftover from multi-SSID design
The multi-SSID design that used a single beaconing BSSID with multiple
SSIDs was never completed in this repository, so there is no need to
maintain the per-STA ssid/ssid_probe pointers that could only point to
&hapd->conf->ssid. Save some memory and reduce code complexity by
removing this unused partial capability.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:17:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cb71a8342d OpenSSL: Clean up TLS PRF implementation
Commit fa0e715100 ('Use
tls_connection_prf() for all EAP TLS-based key derivation') copied some
pointer checks from the generic implementation to tls_openssl.c.
However, these are arrays and cannot be NULL in OpenSSL data. Remove the
unnecessary checks and add master_key_length check for completeness.
(CID 109619).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 11:17:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7f90a234b6 Add QCA vendor subcmd for OCB
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 01:05:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1acf38f1a5 Add ifname to vlan_remove_dynamic() debug print
This makes it easier to interpret debug logs for cases where hostapd
control multiple interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-13 17:08:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e192bd08f Print debug entry on STA pruning from other interfaces
This makes it easier to interpret debug logs in case hostapd controls
multiple interfaces and a STA roams between them.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-13 17:08:10 +03:00
Michael Braun
c8e6beabb6 Remove VLAN interface on STA free
Currently, vlan_remove_dynamic() is only called when the station VLAN ID
is changed (ap_sta_bind_vlan), but not when the station is freed. So
dynamic VLAN interfaces are not removed actually except within 1x
reauthentification VLAN ID change, although most of the code is already
there.

This patch fixes this by calling vlan_remove_dynamic() in ap_free_sta().

It cannot just use sta->vlan_id for this, as this might have been
changed without calling ap_sta_bind_vlan() (ap/ieee802_11.c:handle_auth
fetches from RADIUS cache for WPA-PSK), thus reference counting might
not have been updated. Additionally, reference counting might get wrong
due to old_vlanid = 0 being passed unconditionally, thus increasing the
reference counter multiple times.

So tracking the currently assigned (i.e., dynamic_vlan counter
increased) VLAN is done in a new variable sta->vlan_id_bound. Therefore,
the old_vlan_id argument of ap_sta_bind_vlan() is no longer needed and
setting the VLAN for the sta in driver happens unconditionally.

Additionally, vlan->dynamic_vlan is only incremented when it actually
is a dynamic VLAN.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-13 17:08:10 +03:00
Michael Braun
de31fb052c vlan: Ignore multiple NEWLINK messages
hostapd receives NEWLINK messages multiple times and thus does
configuration of the the vlan interface multiple times.

This is not required and leads to the following during cleanup in
test pmksa_cache_preauth_vlan_used:
 1. run-test.py does: brctl delif brvlan1 wlan3.1
 2. hostapd processes NEWLINK and does: brctl addif brvlan1 wlan3.1
 3. run-test.py does: brctl delbr brvlan1
    -> fails as wlan3.1 is still in the bridge

This patch fixes this by ignoring repeated NEWLINK messages.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-13 15:34:33 +03:00
Michael Braun
371205dd0c vlan: Ignore DELLINK on interfaces that exists
When hitting
> Failed to create interface wlan3.1: -23 (Too many open files in system)
> Try to remove and re-create wlan3.1
hostapd deletes the AP_VLAN interface and then recreates it. Thus the
kernel assigns the same ifidx to the new interfaces and sends DELLINK
and NEWLINK mesages.

As the DELLINK messages are processed after the struct hostapd_vlan is
added, hostapd deletes the struct hostapd_vlan entry, deconfigures the
AP_VLAN interface and leaves vlan_newlink nothing to find afterwards.

So this patch makes DELLINK messages to be ignored when the interface
exists.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-13 15:31:56 +03:00
Michael Braun
a5e81ba9eb Fix STA VLAN bind for RSN pre-authentication case
Previously, during RSN preauthentication, ap_sta_bind_vlan() was called,
which fails for non-zero sta->vlan_id as the station is not known to the
kernel driver.

Fix this by binding the station only if it is associated. If it is not
associated, ap_sta_bind_vlan() will be done later during association.

In addition, reject Access-Accept if the returned VLAN ID is not valid
in the current hostapd configuration.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-13 15:26:40 +03:00
Michael Braun
3ffdeb7ac8 Fix RSN preauthentication with dynamic_vlan enabled but unused
sta->vlan_id == -1 means no VLAN, as does vlan_id = 0.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-13 15:26:40 +03:00
Nick Kralevich
d447cd596f Updates for stricter automatic memcpy bounds checking
Both Android's libc and glibc support _FORTIFY_SOURCE, a compiler
and libc feature which inserts automatic bounds checking into
common C functions such as memcpy() and strcpy(). If a buffer
overflow occurs when calling a hardened libc function, the
automatic bounds checking will safely shutdown the program and
prevent memory corruption.

Android is experimenting with _FORTIFY_SOURCE=3, a new fortify
level which enhances memcpy() to prevent overflowing an element
of a struct. Under the enhancements, code such as

  struct foo {
    char empty[0];
    char one[1];
    char a[10];
    char b[10];
  };

  int main() {
    foo myfoo;
    int n = atoi("11");
    memcpy(myfoo.a, "01234567890123456789", n);
    return 0;
  }

will cleanly crash when the memcpy() call is made.

Fixup hostap code to support the new level. Specifically:

* Fixup sha1_transform so it works with the enhanced bounds checking.
The old memcpy() code was attempting to write to context.h0, but that
structure element is too small and the write was extending (by design)
into h1, h2, h3, and h4. Use explicit assignments instead of
overflowing the struct element.

* Modify most of the structures in ieee802_11_defs.h to use ISO C99
flexible array members (https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Zero-Length.html)
instead of a zero length array. Zero length arrays have zero length,
and any attempt to call memcpy() on such elements will always overflow.
Flexible array members have no such limitation. The only element not
adjusted is probe_req, since doing so will generate a compile time error,
and it's not obvious to me how to fix it.

Signed-off-by: Nick Kralevich <nnk@google.com>
2015-04-13 14:01:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60eb9e173e AP: Enable multicast snooping on bridge if ProxyARP IPv6 is in use
This is needed to allow correct ProxyARP behavior for IPv6.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-13 14:00:32 +03:00
Mark Salyzyn
0144ecb8c8 Android: wpa_ctrl missing include for sys/stat.h
wpa_ctrl.c gets sys/stat.h inherited from
private/android_filesystem_config.h it should
not rely on this in the future. The intent is
to move fs_config function into libcutils and
thus deprecate any need for sys/stat.h in this
include file.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2015-04-03 10:47:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
80fd9c3576 EAP-PEAP server: Add support for negotiating vendor for Phase 2
This is a step towards enabling support of expanded EAP header in Phase
2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-01 12:57:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a867082cb8 EAP peer: Use 32-bit EAP method type for Phase 2 processing
This is a step towards enabling expanded EAP header within Phase 2 EAP
methods.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-01 12:57:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c4b45c60ad TLS: Fix memory leaks on tls_connection_set_params() error paths
The internal TLS implementation started rejecting number of unsupported
configuration parameters recently, but those new error paths did not
free the allocated tlsv1_credentials buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-01 12:57:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
af851914f8 Make tls_connection_get_keyblock_size() internal to tls_*.c
This function exposes internal state of the TLS negotiated parameters
for the sole purpose of being able to implement PRF for EAP-FAST. Since
tls_connection_prf() is now taking care of all TLS-based key derivation
cases, it is cleaner to keep this detail internal to each tls_*.c
wrapper implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-01 12:56:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94f1fe6f63 Remove master key extraction from tls_connection_get_keys()
This is not needed anymore with the tls_connection_prf() being used to
handle all key derivation needs. tls_connection_get_keys() is a bit
misnamed for now, but it is only used to fetch the client and server
random for Session-Id derivation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-31 15:52:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa0e715100 Use tls_connection_prf() for all EAP TLS-based key derivation
tls_openssl.c is the only remaining TLS/crypto wrapper that needs the
internal PRF implementation for EAP-FAST (since
SSL_export_keying_material() is not available in older versions and does
not support server-random-before-client case). As such, it is cleaner to
assume that TLS libraries support tls_connection_prf() and move the
additional support code for the otherwise unsupported cases into
tls_openssl.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-31 15:47:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df8191d0b8 Rename HT 20/40 coex variable to be more descriptive
is_ht_allowed is a confusing name since this variable is used to track
whether 40 MHz channel bandwidth is allowed instead of whether HT is
allowed in general.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-30 12:59:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1d0f42a073 EAP server: Add debug prints to help asleap testing
This adds hexdumps of MSCHAP/MSCHAPv2 Challenge and Response in format
used by asleap. This is only enabled for CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y
builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-29 22:49:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2c1cf90376 Add wpa_snprintf_hex_sep()
This can be used to print a hexdump with the specified separator between
octets.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-29 22:27:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5955cfaacd ms_funcs: Make challenge_hash() non-static
This function can be of use outside ms_funcs.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-29 22:27:00 +03:00
Eliad Peller
154a1d5f7f hostapd: Fix some compilation errors
If NEED_AP_MLME=y is not defined, compilation might
fail under some configurations:

src/ap/drv_callbacks.c:594:2: warning: implicit declaration of
function ‘hostapd_acs_completed’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]

src/ap/sta_info.c:253: undefined reference to `sae_clear_retransmit_timer'

Fix these errors by adding the missing hostapd_acs_completed() stub,
and defining NEED_AP_MLME in case of CONFIG_SAE.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2015-03-29 20:51:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
65a7b21f5e OpenSSL: Implement AES-128 CBC using EVP API
This replaces the internal CBC mode implementation in
aes_128_cbc_encrypt() and aes_128_cbc_decrypt() with the OpenSSL
implementation for CONFIG_TLS=openssl builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-29 20:30:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
22ba05c09e Explicitly clear temporary stack buffers in tls_prf_sha1_md5()
The local buffers may contain information used to generate parts of the
derived key, so clear these explicitly to minimize amount of unnecessary
private key-related material in memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-29 16:43:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
940a4dbf66 Explicitly clear temporary stack buffer in sha1_t_prf()
The local hash[] buffer may contain parts of the derived key, so clear
it explicitly to minimize number of unnecessary copies of key material
in memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-29 16:40:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eccca102bf Explicitly clear temporary stack buffer in hmac_sha256_kdf()
The local T[] buffer may contain parts of the derived key, so clear it
explicitly to minimize number of unnecessary copies of key material in
memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-29 16:38:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e8e365def6 wext: Add support for renamed Host AP driver ifname
Previous workaround for WEXT events from the Host AP driver required
wlan# and wifi# interfaces to have fixed names with the same number.
While that used to be the common case ten years ago, it is less common
nowadays. Extend this to use sysfs (if available) to figure out the
wifi# interface name if the specified interface is detected to be using
the Host AP driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-29 11:42:02 +03:00
Ben Greear
fc48d33b0d Improve error messages related to EAP DB
Add SQLite error message and DB name to the DB related errors. Add
enough tracing so that users can know exactly where users are failing to
be found.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-03-28 13:16:26 +02:00
Ben Greear
23dd15a992 http-curl: Improve log messages
Helps to track down why some problems relating to certs can happen.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-03-28 11:23:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a52410c29f Allow PSK/passphrase to be set only when needed
The new network profile parameter mem_only_psk=1 can be used to specify
that the PSK/passphrase for that network is requested over the control
interface (ctrl_iface or D-Bus) similarly to the EAP network parameter
requests. The PSK/passphrase can then be configured temporarily in a way
that prevents it from getting stored to the configuration file.

For example:

Event:
CTRL-REQ-PSK_PASSPHRASE-0:PSK or passphrase needed for SSID test-wpa2-psk

Response:
CTRL-RSP-PSK_PASSPHRASE-0:"qwertyuiop"

Note: The response value uses the same encoding as the psk network
profile parameter, i.e., passphrase is within double quotation marks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-28 11:05:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3e808b831c EAP-pwd peer: Add support for hashed password
This extends EAP-pwd peer support to allow NtHash version of password
storage in addition to full plaintext password. In addition, this allows
the server to request hashed version even if the plaintext password is
available on the client. Furthermore, unsupported password preparation
requests are now rejected rather than allowing the authentication
attempt to continue.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-28 09:43:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e4840b381c EAP-pwd server: Add support for hashed password
This extends EAP-pwd server support to allow NtHash version of password
storage in addition to full plaintext password.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-28 09:42:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2bd2ed2006 EAP-pwd: Mark helper function arguments const when appropriate
These variables are not modified during PWE or key computation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-28 09:34:30 +02:00
Ben Greear
0f8385e6fa Show OSEN key management properly in scan results
Old code defaulted to WEP for an AP advertising OSEN. Show as OSEN
instead. Re-use most of the RSN parsing logic since all but the header
is the same.

Example output:

[root@ath9k-f lanforge]# ./local/bin/wpa_cli -i sta0 scan_results
bssid / frequency / signal level / flags / ssid
00:0e:8e:6f:40:49	2462	-23	[OSEN-OSEN-CCMP][ESS]	ben-138

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-03-25 16:04:03 +02:00
Ilan Peer
54d3dc9184 AP: Unset HT capabilities for an HT association request without WMM
HT requires QoS/WMM, so unset HT capabilities for a station
whose association request does not include a valid WMM IE.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-03-25 15:02:58 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
c41d0840a1 nl80211: Allow driver-based roam to change ESS
This extends NL80211_CMD_ROAM event processing to allow the driver to
roam to another ESS (different SSID) when using offloaded BSS selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-24 21:13:28 +02:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
1de071007e atheros: Clear WPS appie during deinit
The WPS IE(s) need to be cleared from the driver explicitly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-24 15:05:43 +02:00
Manikandan Mohan
857d94225a Extend offloaded ACS QCA vendor command to support VHT
Update ACS driver offload feature for VHT configuration. In addition,
this allows the chanlist parameter to be used to specify which channels
are included as options for the offloaded ACS case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-23 12:18:05 +02:00
Max Stepanov
c40a8918ec P2PS: Delete ASP advertisements on wpas_p2p_service_flush
Delete all ASP serice advertisement on wpas_p2p_service_flush similarly
to Bonjour and UPnP services.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Eliad Peller
030a3e12da DFS: Fix range availability check
There's off-by-one in the range availability check - the case of
first_chan_idx + num_chans == num_channels should be allowed (e.g., 0 +
1 == 1, for the case of a single 20 MHz channel).

Signed-off-by: Maital Hahn <maitalm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Eliad Peller
56ef99255c DFS: Consider non-contiguous channels
When looking for a new operating channel, consider the case of
non-contiguous channels when checking all the needed channels (e.g., the
driver might support channels 36, 38, 40, so look for channels 36+40
explicitly, instead of failing when encountering channel 38).

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Eliad Peller
e7a296ba13 Remove unused shared_freq driver op
This driver op is not used anymore

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Zefir Kurtisi
5f9c92f8f7 nl80211: Fix vendor command handling
In wiphy_info_handler(), vendor specific commands were
interpreted as QCA specific without checking for the OUI,
which caused incorrect setting of driver flags with
commands from other vendors. As a result, that could
prevent proper operation (e.g., inability to process CSA).

This patch ensures that QCA vendor specific commands are
checked against QCA OUI before related flags are set.

Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c50246078 Add a AP mode event message for possible PSK/passphrase mismatch
If the AP/Authenticator receives an EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 for an association
that negotiated use of PSK and the EAPOL-Key MIC does not match, it is
likely that the station is trying to use incorrect PSK/passphrase.
Report this with "AP-STA-POSSIBLE-PSK-MISMATCH <STA addr>" control
interface event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-19 13:14:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6784168d07 Remove SChannel support
SChannel/CryptoAPI as a TLS/crypto library alternative was never
completed. Critical functionality is missing and there are bugs in this
implementation. Since there are no known plans of completing this
support, it is better to remove this code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-18 22:31:36 +02:00
Peter Oh
6128a90979 hostapd: Add channel 140 to allowed HT40 channel pairs
Channel 140 is needed as allowed HT40 channel pair to use
channel 144 introduced in 802.11ac for VHT40 and VHT80.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-16 12:03:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74fa78b281 Add AVG_BEACON_RSSI to SIGNAL_POLL output
If the driver reports separate signal strength average for Beacon
frames, report that in SIGNAL_POLL output.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-15 20:45:20 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
4acdc48a43 nl80211: Handle NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES attribute
Handle NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES attribute and
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS to determine whether
the driver supports VHT with IBSS.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-03-15 20:36:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a0563ac626 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2015-03-04.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-15 20:35:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b949804b3 FT: Avoid unnecessary allocation for MIC calculation
Use the vector version of omac1_aes_128() to avoid unnecessary memory
allocation for each FTIE MIC calculation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-15 20:18:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
18da814be7 The master branch is now used for v2.5 development
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-15 19:38:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bc04db9b06 Change version information for the 2.4 release
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-15 19:30:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
319d9daab9 Fix bitfield_get_first_zero() to not read beyond buffer
It was possible for bitfield_get_first_zero() to read one octet beyond
the allocated bit buffer in case the first zero bit was not within
size-1 first octets.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-14 13:50:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
39c3bfcde3 Indicate AP-DISABLED on main AP mode deinit path
This event was previously used only when disabling AP mode operation
through hostapd control interface. Make this more consistent by
providing same indication when disabling hostapd interface through the
interface deinit path. This adds the event to the case where a full
hostapd radio instance is removed which also applies for the
wpa_supplicant AP mode operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-14 10:14:22 +02:00
Rohit Agrawal
00033a0903 OpenSSL: Always accept pinned certificates
If OpenSSL reports that a presented leaf certificate is invalid,
but it has been explicitly pinned, accept it anyway.

Signed-off-by: Rohit Agrawal <rohit.agrawal.mn@gmail.com>
2015-03-07 21:26:26 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
b2329e4ad5 Add QCA vendor subcmd for Data Offload
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-07 19:19:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
761396e4be Reject Group Key message 1/2 prior to completion of 4-way handshake
Previously, it would have been possible to complete RSN connection by
skipping the msg 3/4 and 4/4 completely. This would have resulted in
pairwise key not being configured. This is obviously not supposed to
happen in practice and could result in unexpected behavior, so reject
group key message before the initial 4-way handshake has been completed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-07 13:00:06 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
3f0e6ec4f3 nl80211: Extend NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER to support discovery
ML80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION can now set to NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ to
allow the driver to request wpa_supplicant to initiate TDLS Discovery
Request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-06 21:13:21 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
c10ca2a66f TDLS: Allow driver to request TDLS Discovery Request initiation
This extends the TDLS operation request mechanism to allow TDLS
Discovery Request to be initiated by the driver similarly to the
existing Setup and Teardown requests.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-06 21:08:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ac8e074ec1 Clear RSN timers for preauth and PTK rekeying on disassociation
Previously, it was possible for the wpa_sm_start_preauth() and
wpa_sm_rekey_ptk() eloop callbacks to remain active after disconnection
and potentially continue to be used for the next association. This is
not correct behavior, so explicitly cancel these timeouts to avoid
unexpected attempts to complete RSN preauthentication or to request PTK
to be rekeyed.

It was possible to trigger this issue, e.g., by running the following
hwsim test case sequence: ap_wpa2_ptk_rekey ap_ft_sae_over_ds

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-06 18:43:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2f65dd685 Reserve QCA vendor specific nl80211 commands 61..90
These are reserved for QCA use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-06 15:46:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bea8d9a39a nl80211: Use the new bridge port option proxyarp_wifi
The initial IEEE 802.11 ProxyARP functionality in the kernel needed
changes in behavior and that ended up requiring an independent
configuration parameter to be used. Update hostapd to use that new
proxyarp_wifi parameter instead of the earlier proxyarp.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-06 11:32:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6e9023ea49 DFS: Allow wpa_supplicant AP mode to use non-offloaded DFS
This extends the hostapd-like setup of DFS-in-userspace for
wpa_supplicant AP mode operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-05 17:25:13 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
02e42ab75b nl80211: Add vendor event parsing for DFS offload events
This converts the QCA vendor event to EVENT_DFS_* events for the case
of DFS offloaded to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-05 17:24:32 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
1e2aaffbc8 DFS offload: Indicate AP-CSA-FINISHED for DFS offloaded case
Modify the string for AP-CSA-FINISHED event indication to include a flag
which tells the framework whether the new channel is a DFS channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-05 17:22:03 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
c13578c339 DFS offload: Add main DFS handler for offloaded case
Add handling logic for DFS offloaded case, and add a helper function
that takes the frequency (MHz) as a param and returns 1 if given channel
requires DFS, or 0 otherwise.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-05 17:21:30 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
5de81d7a7a DFS offload: Skip user space processing for CAC operations
If DFS is offloaded to the driver, hostapd should not be performing
these operations. Send the relevant control interface events to provide
information to upper layer software that may use such events to track
DFS/CAC state. This makes the offloaded DFS implementation more
consistent with the DFS-in-hostapd behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-05 16:24:39 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
dd5c155e2e eap_proxy: Callback to notify any updates from eap_proxy
This commit introduces a callback to notify any configuration updates
from the eap_proxy layer. This is used to trigger re-reading of IMSI and
MNC length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-02 12:47:20 +02:00
Vivek Natarajan
9a05d98bf9 atheros: Add a new flag for OSEN support
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-02 12:40:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b4a9292cfb RADIUS client: Fix server failover on return-to-primary on error case
If a connection with the primary server cannot be established, restore
connection to the previously used server.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-01 22:36:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1a7ed38670 RADIUS client: Fix a copy-paste error in accounting server failover
Commit 347c55e216 ('RADIUS client: Re-try
connection if socket is closed on retransmit') added a new option for
initialing RADIUS server failover from radius_client_retransmit(), but
ended up trying to change authentication servers when accounting server
was supposed to be changed due to a copy-paste issue.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-01 22:36:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de7c06ee17 P2P: Continue find in GO-Neg-Resp-fail status corner cases
It was possible for the GO Negotiation Response (failure) TX status to
be processed at a point where there is no P2P timeout to continue
search. Avoid stopping the ongoing search operation by explicitly
restarting it from this callback.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-01 22:36:52 +02:00
Daisuke Niwa
fa9f381f20 P2P: Allow a specific channel to be specified in P2P_FIND
The optional freq=<MHz> can now be used with the P2P_FIND command to
specify a single channel to scan during the first round of P2P search.
For example, this can be used to replace the full initial scan with a
single channel scan of a known operation channel.

Signed-off-by: Daichi Ueura <daichi.ueura@sonymobile.com>
2015-02-28 21:52:56 +02:00
Daichi Ueura
eb78a8d5e3 P2P: Restore P2P_SCAN_SPECIFIC
This reverts commit 3df2f4fe99 ('P2P:
Remove unused P2P_SCAN_SPECIFIC') with a modification to fit the current
code base.

Signed-off-by: Daichi Ueura <daichi.ueura@sonymobile.com>
2015-02-28 21:41:38 +02:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
d988ff76bf hostapd: Disable VHT caps for STAs when no valid VHT MCS found
Disable VHT caps for STAs for which there is not even a single
allowed MCS in any supported number of streams. i.e STA is
advertising 3 (not supported) as VHT MCS rates for all supported
streams.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-28 21:00:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70fd8287eb RADIUS client: Fix previous failover change
Commit 347c55e216 ('RADIUS client: Re-try
connection if socket is closed on retransmit') added a possibility of
executing RADIUS server failover change within
radius_client_retransmit() without taking into account that this
operation may end up freeing the pending message that is being
processed. This could result in use of freed memory. Avoid this by
checking whether any pending messages have been removed and if so, do
not try to retransmit the potentially freed message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-28 20:52:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
347c55e216 RADIUS client: Re-try connection if socket is closed on retransmit
Previously, send() was called with invalid fd = -1 in some error cases
for retransmission and this could even result in a loop of multiple such
attempts. This is obviously not going to work, so drop such attempts and
instead, try to reconnect a socket to the server if the current socket
is not valid.

In addition, initiate server failover immediately if the current socket
is not valid instead of waiting for a timeout.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-28 16:40:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94b39e5927 RADIUS client: Fix server connection recovery after initial failure
If the initial attempt at opening the socket connection to the RADIUS
server failed due to missing IP connectivity during startup, e.g., with
"connect[radius]: Network is unreachable", hostapd did not try to
reconnect when RADIUS messages were sent. Instead, it only reported "No
authentication server configured" even if the configuration did have a
server entry.

This was broken by commit 9ed4076673
('RADIUS client: Do not try to send message without socket') for the
initial case and the more recent fixes in RADIUS server failover cases
did not cover the initial failure case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-28 15:45:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
efb40081ab TLS: Remove placeholders for SIGN_ALG_DSA support
It does not look likely that the old DSA design would be added into the
internal TLS implement, so remove this otherwise dead code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-28 15:45:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2eb64ea437 tests: Module tests for common.c
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-28 12:20:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
56a1180153 tests: Increase bitfield module test coverage
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-28 11:46:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
38ff21931d tests: Add module tests for base64
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-28 11:39:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f51f54a007 nl80211: Resubscribe to nl80211 events on global nl_event socket
This allows wpa_supplicant to recover from some of the cases where
cfg80211 is unloaded and reloaded without restarting wpa_supplicant. The
netlink socket used for nl80211 events (global->nl_event) seemed to end
up in otherwise functionality state, but with all the event memberships
lost when cfg80211 gets reloaded.

There does not seem to be any clear way of determining when this has
happened, so it looks simplest to just try to re-subscribe to all the
events whenever an interface is re-enabled or added.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-22 18:03:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
48ec6942cb Fix Linux packet socket workaround to not close the socket too easily
Commit e6dd8196e5 ('Work around Linux
packet socket regression') closed the workaround socket on the first
received EAPOL frame from the main packet socket. This can result in
closing the socket in cases where the kernel does not really work in the
expected way during the following initial association since
reauthentication/rekeying using EAPOL frames happens while operstate is
not dormant and as such, the frames can get delivered through the main
packet socket.

Fix this by closing the workaround socket only in case the first EAPOL
frame is received through the main packet socket. This case happens
while the interface is in dormant state and as such, is more likely to
show the more restricted case of kernel functionality.

In order to avoid processing the received EAPOL frames twice, verify a
checksum of the frame contents when receiving frames alternatively from
the main packet socket and the workaround socket.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-22 16:06:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d747e2a98 Add snr and est_throughput to the BSS entries
These values were previously used only for sorting the scan results, but
it may be useful to provide access to the used values through the BSS
entries.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-22 11:09:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1b790eb9d Select AP based on estimated maximum throughput
This modifies the BSS selection routines to calculate SNR and estimated
throughput for each scan result and then use the estimated throughput as
a criteria for sorting the results. This extends the earlier design by
taking into account higher throughput rates if both the AP and local
device supports HT20, HT40, or VHT80. In addition, the maximum rate is
restricted based on SNR.

In practice, this gives significantly higher probability of selecting
HT/VHT APs when there are multiple BSSes in the same ESS and SNR is not
low enough to prevent higher MCS use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-22 11:09:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
abae2d1a3c trace: Initialize alloc_list even without os_program_init() call
This makes it somewhat easier to use CONFIG_WPA_TRACE=y build with
external programs that might not be aware of the initialization
requirement, e.g., when linking wpa_ctrl.c with a program that does not
use the os_*() wrappers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-21 17:34:37 +02:00
Stefan Tomanek
891dfb3336 Add helper function to clear and free wpa_psk list
This change adds the function hostapd_config_clear_wpa_psk() that
deletes an entire wpa_psk structure, making sure to follow the linked
list and to free the allocated memory of each PSK node. This helps to
prevent memory leaks when using PSKs from multiple sources and
reconfiguring the AP during runtime.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
2015-02-21 17:11:15 +02:00
Eliad Peller
abb8d08b8a nl80211: Add support for configuring P2P GO CTWindow
Configure the GO CTWindow on APstart if the driver supports it and this
parameter is set in wpa_supplicant configuration.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Eliad Peller
0b8bcaa50f P2P: Allow configuring CTWindow when working as GO
Read p2p_go_ctwindow (0-127 TUs) from the config file, and pass it to
the driver on GO start.

Use p2p_go_ctwindow=0 (no CTWindow) by default.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
c77ffc6daf TDLS: Ignore extra padding in all packets
Some APs (e.g., Cisco 1260) sometimes add padding to the end of short
TDLS management packets and that can look like invalid IEs. This was
allowed on M3 and discovery packets, but not in others. Allow it for the
other packets as well, since required IEs are verified in the code
anyway.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
563ee1832b IBSS: Add support for VHT80 configuration
Configure VHT80 based on driver capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
ada157f3b0 Make hostapd_set_freq_params() common
Now this function can also be used from wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
4d9e6fba2a IBSS: Add fixed_freq network parameter
Add fixed_freq=<0/1> network block parameter and pass it to the driver
when starting or joining an IBSS. If this flag is set, IBSS should not
try to look for other IBSS networks to merge with on different channels.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Romain Naour
97fc2dc612 Allow libnl-3.0 include path be specified
The '/usr/include/libnl3' header path is unsafe for cross-compilation.
Use pkg-config to find libnl-3.0 headers by default and alternatively,
allow LIBNL_INC=<path> to be used in .config to override.

Signed-off-by: Romain Naour <romain.naour@openwide.fr>
2015-02-21 11:36:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
58d405fcdb Fix OCSP debug messages
These were not supposed to include a newline at the end of the message
text since such formatting gets handled by tls_show_errors(). In
addition, change the message about the issuer's issuer to be more
accurate.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-19 13:33:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
710dfb4e32 OpenSSL: Fix OCSP error path
If addition of a peer issuer certificate fails, the certs pointer would
be NULL when being passed to sk_X509_push() for peer issuer's issuer.
Fix this by skipping addition of issuer's issue if issuer addition
fails.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-19 13:32:05 +02:00
Subhani Shaik
bd7bb43784 HTTP: Fix OCSP error path
If addition of a peer issuer certificate fails, the certs pointer would
be NULL when being passed to sk_X509_push() for peer issuer's issuer.
Fix this by skipping addition of issuer's issue if issuer addition
fails.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-19 13:29:55 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
480994dafb nl80211: Allocate QCA vendor subcmds for DFS radar detected and CAC events
When DFS offloading capability is supported by the driver, the driver
should use these events to indicate when a radar pattern has been
detected, channel availability check (CAC) has been completed, aborted
or finished after the non-occupancy period is over on a DFS channel.

Also, add a new driver.h event to be used by NL80211 to indicate CAC
Started event on a DFS channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-11 16:51:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c165cb400c Drop all hostapd STA entries on interface disabled event
If the driver indicates that the interface has been disabled, assume
that all associations have been lost and remove the hostapd STA entries.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-11 10:31:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
106fa1e97e nl80211: Indicate interface-down event only for the main netdev
RTM_NEWLINK event without IFF_UP were processed for all related
interfaces (including VLANs and bridge). While these events may need to
be processed for other purposes, they should not end up claiming that
the main interface has been disabled, so indicate
EVENT_INTERFACE_DISABLED only if the ifname matches the first BSS ifname
for the interface. In addition, fix some of the ifup/down checks from
if_indextoname() cases to actually use the resolved ifname (namebuf)
rather than hardcoding the first configured ifname to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-11 10:31:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eeb1cb28a2 VLAN: Clean up RTM_NEW/DELLINK processing
This uses couple of additional helper macros and prints more debug
information to make the VLAN events easier to analyze.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-11 10:31:12 +02:00
Peter Oh
47e5fbde44 hostapd: Avoid sending client probe on removed client
Sending client probe on already removed client from kernel driver does
not have any benefit and may lead unintended behavior among variable
drivers (mac80211 has a WARN_ON() that could have been triggered after
ifconfig down+up earlier when hostapd did not re-enable beaconing on
ifup). Skip this step in discussion when the kernel driver reports that
client entry is removed.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-10 22:21:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34782730c0 Re-configure WPA2 group keys on hostapd interface re-enable
This allows WPA2 mode AP to be re-enabled automatically after external
ifconfig down + up on a netdev used by hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-10 20:27:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f33c8606f4 Re-enable beaconing on interface disable+enable
This is a step towards enabling hostapd to restart AP mode functionality
if the interface is disabled and re-enabled, e.g., with ifconfig down
and up. This commit takes care of beaconining only which may be
sufficient for open mode connection, but not for WPA2 cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-10 20:27:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fc99fab7e5 nl80211: Print a debug log entry on NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT failures
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-10 20:27:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d2f324d67 P2P: Fix send_action_in_progress clearing in corner cases
It is possible for an Action frame TX operation to be stopped in a way
that results in the TX status callback function not being called. This
could happen, e.g., when P2P_STOP_FIND was issued while waiting for PD
Response TX status. This specific case ended in leaving
p2p->send_action_in_progress set to 1 and that ending up stopping a
future TX operation when p2p_send_action_cb() gets called with
p2p->pending_action_state == P2P_NO_PENDING_ACTION.

This could result in reception of a fragmented service discovery
response failing due to the GAS sequence getting stopped when receiving
TX callback for the first GAS comeback request. That sequence could be
hit in mac80211_hwsim tests when p2p_listen_and_offchannel_tx was
followed by p2p_service_discovery_fragmentation (even after a long time
since this was on dev1 and there could be even 10 minutes between these
test cases).

Fix this issue by clearing send_action_in_progress whenever stopping
pending P2P operation with p2p_stop_find (or P2P_FLUSH for that matter).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-10 00:41:27 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
e0761c5b4a nl80211: Allocate QCA vendor subcmd for DFS CAC Start event
When DFS offloading capability is supported by the driver, the driver
should use this event to indicate when channel availability check (CAC)
is started on a DFS channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-09 18:48:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1db718b3ce nl80211: Test vendor command and event
This adds testing code (for CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds only) to
send an nl80211 vendor command and report a test vendor event in case
the driver supports this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-09 18:07:29 +02:00
Ilan Peer
c612ae97a4 AP: Do not reply to Probe Request frames with DS Params mismatch
Do not reply to a Probe Request frame with a DSSS Parameter Set element
in which the channel is different than the operating channel of the AP,
as the sending station is not found on the AP's operating channel.

IEEE Std 802.11-2012 describes this as a requirement for an AP with
dot11RadioMeasurementActivated set to true, but strictly speaking does
not allow such ignoring of Probe Request frames if
dot11RadioMeasurementActivated is false. Anyway, this can help reduce
number of unnecessary Probe Response frames for cases where the STA is
less likely to see them (Probe Request frame sent on a neighboring, but
partially overlapping, channel).

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-02-08 22:49:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
99650cadc9 Add STOP_AP control interface command
This is mainly for testing purposes to allow beaconing to be stopped
without clearing AP state in hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-08 13:35:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6b00512164 P2P: Add event messages for P2P_CONNECT-fallback-to-GO-Neg
This makes it easier for upper layer programs to follow progress of
P2P_CONNECT-auto operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-08 13:35:48 +02:00
Masashi Honma
79ddb2062e mesh: Add a monitor event on SAE authentication getting blocked
Send MESH-SAE-AUTH-BLOCKED event if SAE authentication is blocked. The
BLOCK state will finish when a new peer notification event is sent for
the same MAC address.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-02-07 22:33:23 +02:00
Masashi Honma
dd2cbafc89 mesh: Add a monitor event for SAE authentication failure
SAE authentication fails likely with wrong password. This commit adds a
notification of the failure to the upper application (UI) so that the
application can notify suspection of a wrong password to the user. The
control interface monitor even for this is "MESH-SAE-AUTH-FAILURE
addr=<peer>".

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-02-07 22:23:34 +02:00
Masashi Honma
0cb5f8d945 mesh: Fix inactivity timer for 32 bit system
Commit 5a2a6de6a5 ('mesh: Make inactivity
timer configurable') has a problem on 32 bit systems. Setting
NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT to 0xffffffff causes expiration of STA in
a minute by NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION event. this is the kernel rule for
STA expiration:

(current jiffies) > (frame Rx jiffies + NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT * 250)

On a 32 bit system, the right side could overflow and be unexpected
small value if NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT is sufficiently large. STA
expiration occurs by this reason.

This patch solves the problem by disabling the STA expiration
functionality in mac80211. However, old kernel does not support
disabling it. If so, this patch sets mac80211 inactivity timer 60
seconds into future from the wpa_supplicant inactivity timer.

And I mis-understood that mesh_max_inactivity=0 disables inactivity
timer in wpa_supplicant. This commit fixes it also.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-02-07 22:20:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4fada1215d Fix HT40 co-ex scanning issue on hostapd error path
If HT40 co-ex scan fails due to the driver rejecting scan triggers
multiple times, it was possible for the ap_ht40_scan_retry() timeout
being left behind and it getting run after hapd->drv_priv has been
cleared. This would result in NULL pointer dereference in
driver_nl80211_scan.c. Fix this by canceling the timeout when disabling
the interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-07 15:37:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
23ed011bea Fix Linux packat socket regression work around
Commit e6dd8196e5 ('Work around Linux
packet socket regression') added a mechanism to close the workaround
bridge socket in l2_packet_receive(). However, it did not take into
account the possibility of the l2->rx_callback() closing the l2_packet
socket altogether. This could result in use of freed memory when usin
RSN pre-authentication. Fix this by reordering the calls to clear the
workaround socket before calling the rx_callback.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-07 15:37:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d7eb4344f ACS: Accept channel if any (rather than all) survey results are valid
Previously, a channel with even a single scan/survey result missing
information was skipped in ACS. This may not be desirable in cases when
multiple scan iterations are used (which is the case by default in
hostapd). Instead, use all channels that provided at least one complete
set of results. Calculate the average interference factor as an average
of the iterations that did provide complete values.

This seems to help with some cases, e.g., when ath9k may not be able to
report the noise floor for all channels from the first scan iteration
immediately after the driver has been loaded, but then returns it for
all other scan iterations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-06 21:26:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
68fa00c341 ACS: Allow specific channels to be preferred
The new acs_chan_bias configuration parameter is a space-separated list
of <channel>:<bias> pairs. It can be used to increase (or decrease) the
likelihood of a specific channel to be selected by the ACS algorithm.
The total interference factor for each channel gets multiplied by the
specified bias value before finding the channel with the lowest value.
In other words, values between 0.0 and 1.0 can be used to make a channel
more likely to be picked while values larger than 1.0 make the specified
channel less likely to be picked. This can be used, e.g., to prefer the
commonly used 2.4 GHz band channels 1, 6, and 11 (which is the default
behavior on 2.4 GHz band if no acs_chan_bias parameter is specified).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-06 17:59:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6f41a25805 ACS: Use weighted average for 2.4 GHz adjacent channel interference
The interference factors for adjacent 2.4 GHz channels were summed
together without doing any kind of weighted average on them. This
resulted in the channels at the band edges getting undue preference due
to only including interference factors from three channels vs. five for
the channels in the middle of the band.

While it is somewhat unclear whether the design here was supposed to
count overlapping channels together in this way or whether that is
already covered in channel survey results, it is clear that this summing
of three to five values together and then comparing the sum rather than
average of some kind gives too much preference to the channels at the
edges of the band by assuming that there is no interference whatsoever
outside the band.

Use weighted average of the interference factors rather than a sum from
different number of values. For now, the adjacent 2.4 GHz channels get
weight of 0.85 (1.0 for the main channel itself) and the neighboring
channels to those adjacent ones get 0.55 weight. Band-edge channels are
handled in a way that takes average over the channels that were actually
considered instead of assuming zero interference from neighboring bands.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-06 17:21:17 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
2c0efd9e49 P2P: Fix stopping on search after SD callback
If p2p_find_timeout triggers after starting SD but before getting TX
status for send action, unwanted search could get triggered again when
TX status arrives though p2p_find_timeout moved the state to P2P_IDLE by
then. p2p_continue_find() would then move the state to P2P_SEARCH again.
Do not trigger the find operation from this context if state is
P2P_IDLE to avoid this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-04 20:46:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db3168d414 OpenSSL: Use SSL_cache_hit() when available
This is going to be required for OpenSSL 1.1.0 which makes the SSL
structure opaque. Older versions starting from OpenSSL 1.0.1 include
this function, so start using it now based on OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-04 02:04:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
68ae4773a4 OpenSSL: Use library wrapper functions to access cert store
OpenSSL 0.9.8 and newer includes SSL_CTX_get_cert_store() and
SSL_CTX_set_cert_store() helper functions, so there is no need to
dereference the SSL_CTX pointer to cert ssl_ctx->cert_store. This helps
in working with the future OpenSSL 1.1.0 release that makes the SSL_CTX
structure opaque.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-04 01:58:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
abe96d0605 P2P: Clean up Listen channel optimization debug prints
Do not claim to change the Listen channel in a debug message when
previously configured channel prevents this. In addition, fix a typo in
another related debug print.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 16:13:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d027c7b118 Fix 20/40 MHz co-ex report processing with obss_interval=0
If OBSS scan interval is not set, the AP must not schedule a timeout to
restore 40 MHz operation immediately after having moved to a 20 MHz
channel based on an unsolicited co-ex report. Fix this by scheduling the
timeout only if obss_interval is non-zero.

Since we do not currently support AP doing OBSS scans after the initial
BSS setup, this means practically that 40-to-20 MHz transition is
allowed, but 20-to-40 MHz is not with obss_interval=0. The latter gets
enabled if obss_interval is set to a non-zero value so that associated
STAs can take care of OBSS scanning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 12:29:37 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
ae2dd835be P2PS: Allow PD retry in SEARCH and LISTEN_ONLY also
p2p_timeout_prov_disc_req is getting triggered in P2P_IDLE,
P2P_SEARCH and P2P_LISTEN_ONLY states. Retry logic should not be
limited to only P2P_IDLE state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
0cf12b322d P2PS: Send P2P_FIND_STOPPED event during P2P SD also
During service discovery if P2P_FIND times out, P2P_FIND_STOPPED event
is sent to upper layers to allow follow up P2P_FIND commands. This needs
to be done also in case an SD was in progress during the find operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
9e96e46456 P2PS: PD Response processing
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
ab8ee776b9 P2PS: Provision Discovery fail event
This extends P2P-PROV-DISC-FAILURE with adv_id and deferred_session_resp
in P2PS cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
1300cc8e8f P2PS: PD Request processing and PD Response building
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
5fefce2747 P2PS: Callback to send P2PS provisioning events
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
9a58e521ac P2PS: Callback to create pending group after sending PD Response
This introduces a P2P module callback function that will be used to
create the pending P2PS group after sending PD Response and receiving
ACK status for it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
895d94def9 P2PS: Callback to remove stale persistent groups
When the peer device is trying to form a new group despite having
old persistent group with same roles, remove the stale persistent
group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
6d9085145c P2PS: Process P2PS provisioning commands
This extends wpas_p2p_prov_disc() implementation to accept P2PS
parameters. None of the callers are yet using this functionality; the
following commit introduces a user.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
369678ad14 P2PS: Add P2PS attributes into PD Request if requested
This adds a data structure for storing P2PS PD information and code to
add the related attributes into PD Request. The actual operation to
trigger this behavior will be added in a separate commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
59fec34d9c P2PS: Allow p2p_build_ssid() to use pre-set SSID
This is needed to allow P2PS PD to prepare SSID for the group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
d4b43b5886 P2PS: Add support to send ASP-RESP events
Send P2P-SERV-ASP-RESP events upon receiving GAS responses with
ASP services.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
6df08d0341 P2PS: Logic to parse GAS requests for ASP services
Add support to parse received GAS requests for ASP services and
prepare GAS responses accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Brian Gix
095b3c4069 P2PS: Add Application Service Info to device found events
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Brian Gix
4660e73213 P2PS: Add Advertised Service Info into Probe Response frames
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
9e7321eea4 P2PS: Parse Probe Request frames for matching ASP hashes
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
ae9d45f329 P2PS: Extend add/del services logic to support ASP
In addition, add a new P2P_SERVICE_REP command that can be used to
replace existing ASP advertisements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Brian Gix
ea8e033e92 P2P: Allow p2p_get_group_num_members() to be called with NULL
This make it easier to use wpa_s->p2p_group without having to check
whether there is a group initialized on this wpa_s instance.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 16:55:45 +02:00
Brian Gix
4f88fc0464 P2PS: WPS changes needed for P2PS default PIN
This provides additional WPS definitions and rules for negotiating use
of P2PS default PIN configuration method.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 16:55:45 +02:00
Brian Gix
1a94b0adcc P2PS: Add service hash to Probe Request frames
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 16:55:45 +02:00
Brian Gix
5177509657 P2PS: Add option to specify seek strings into P2P_FIND
P2PS seek strings can now be specified in the P2P_FIND control interface
command with one or more optional "seek=<str>" parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 16:55:43 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
5f18501f46 P2PS: Helper functions to build new P2P attributes
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 14:09:19 +02:00
Brian Gix
60d11488ff P2PS: Add parsing of new P2P attributes
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 14:09:19 +02:00
Brian Gix
b9348be18e P2PS: Add new P2P identifier assignments from P2P spec v1.5
These will be used for P2P Services.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 14:09:19 +02:00
Brian Gix
c3d6c71782 Add helper functions for escaping and unescaping UTF-8
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 14:09:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5e154c037 P2P: Add P2P state into p2p_send_action_cb() debug entry
This makes it easier to debug issues related to ongoing P2P operations
getting stopped due to Action frame exchanges.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 14:09:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7f7bfba919 Add an option allow canned EAP-Success for wired IEEE 802.1X
For wired IEEE 802.1X authentication, phase1="allow_canned_success=1"
can now be used to configure a mode that allows EAP-Success (and
EAP-Failure) without going through authentication step. Some switches
use such sequence when forcing the port to be authorized/unauthorized or
as a fallback option if the authentication server is unreachable. By
default, wpa_supplicant discards such frames to protect against
potential attacks by rogue devices, but this option can be used to
disable that protection for cases where the server/authenticator does
not need to be authenticated.

When enabled, this mode allows EAP-Success/EAP-Failure as an immediate
response to EAPOL-Start (or even without EAPOL-Start) and EAP-Success is
also allowed immediately after EAP-Identity exchange (fallback case for
authenticator not being able to connect to authentication server).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-01 19:22:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
49fcc32e91 EAP-MSCHAPv2 peer: Add option to disable password retry query
wpa_supplicant used to request user to re-enter username/password if the
server indicated that EAP-MSCHAPv2 (e.g., in PEAP Phase 2)
authentication failed (E=691), but retry is allowed (R=1). This is a
reasonable default behavior, but there may be cases where it is more
convenient to close the authentication session immediately rather than
wait for user to do something.

Add a new "mschapv2_retry=0" option to the phase2 field to allow the
retry behavior to be disabled. This will make wpa_supplicant abort
authentication attempt on E=691 regardless of whether the server allows
retry.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-01 17:45:19 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
66bc6830d5 hostapd: Simplify vlan_add_dynamic error paths
Preparation for upcoming changes.
No functional changes.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2015-02-01 11:06:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e6dd8196e5 Work around Linux packet socket regression
Linux kernel commit 576eb62598f10c8c7fd75703fe89010cdcfff596 ('bridge:
respect RFC2863 operational state') from 2012 introduced a regression
for using wpa_supplicant with EAPOL frames and a station interface in a
bridge. Since it does not look like this regression is going to get
fixed any time soon (it is already two years from that commit and over
1.5 from a discussion pointing out the regression), add a workaround in
wpa_supplicant to avoid this issue.

The wpa_supplicant workaround uses a secondary packet socket to capture
all frames (ETH_P_ALL) from the netdev that is in a bridge. This is
needed to avoid the kernel regression. However, this comes at the price
of more CPU load. Some of this is avoided with use of Linux socket
filter, but still, this is less efficient than a packet socket bound to
the specific EAPOL ethertype. The workaround gets disabled
automatically, if the main packet socket interface on the bridge
interface turns out to be working for RX (e.g., due to an old kernel
version being used or a new kernel version having a fix for the
regression). In addition, this workaround is only taken into use for the
special case of running wpa_supplicant with an interface in a bridge.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-31 17:21:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7650f9e7d8 Fix resource leaks on rsn_preauth_init() error paths
The l2_packet instances were not freed on some of the rsn_preauth_init()
error paths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-31 13:44:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a565e03086 dhcp_snoop: Make IPv4 addresses human readable in debug log
Use standard numbers-and-dots format for IPv4 in debug logs instead
of hexdump in two different byte orders.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-30 18:55:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2dd4f3aede Fix STA re-bind to another VLAN on reauthentication
Previously, the old VLAN ID could have been deleted before the STA was
bound to the new VLAN in case the RADIUS server changed the VLAN ID
during an association. This did not exactly work well with mac80211, so
reorder the operations in a way that first binds the STA to the new VLAN
ID and only after that, removes the old VLAN interface if no STAs remain
in it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-30 01:09:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1180dd66a9 WPA auth: Disconnect STA if MSK cannot be fetched
Previously, it was possible for some corner cases to leave the WPA
authenticator state machine running if PMK could not be derived. Change
this to forcefully disconnect the STA to get more consistent behavior
and faster notification of the error.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-29 22:31:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
40aaa64f9f WPA auth: Clear temporary MSK storage from stack explicitly
This reduces the duration of time a key may remain unnecessarily in
memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-29 22:24:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
01b481aff3 Convert couple of remaining printf to wpa_printf in ap_list
This type of error reporting cases should use wpa_printf() to get
consistent debug logging behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-29 21:12:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bfaefd5174 EAP-PEAP server: Fix Phase 2 TLV length in error case
The payload length in a Phase 2 TLV message reporting error was not set
correctly. Fix this to not include the TLVs that are included only in
success case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-28 16:15:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
467775c5ac tests: Pending EAP peer processing with VENDOR-TEST
This extends the VENDOR-TEST EAP method peer implementation to allow
pending processing case to be selected at run time. The
ap_wpa2_eap_vendor_test test case is similarly extended to include this
option as the second case for full coverage.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ba4226130e Simplify eapol_sm_notify_pmkid_attempt()
Drop the unneeded 'attempt' argument. This was originally used for
indicating an aborted PMKID caching attempt, but a fix in 2006 removed
the only such user and since that time, only attempt == 1 has been used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
993a865407 Add eap_session_id to wpa_supplicant STATUS output
This makes the current EAP Session-Id available for external programs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f19c907822 OpenSSL: Implement aes_wrap() and aes_unwrap()
This replaces the implementation in aes-wrap.c and aes-unwrap.c with
OpenSSL AES_wrap_key() and AES_unwrap_key() functions when building
hostapd or wpa_supplicant with OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fee31f76cd OpenSSL: Remove support for versions older than 0.9.8
These have reached out-of-life status in the OpenSSL project and there
is no need to maintain support for them in hostapd/wpa_supplicant
either.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8bf3030af6 OpenSSL: Use a common helper function for HMAC
There is no need to duplicate this construction for each hash algorithm.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
983c6a606b OpenSSL: Replace internal HMAC-MD5 implementation
Use OpenSSL HMAC_* functions to implement HMAC-MD5 instead of depending
on the src/crypto/md5.c implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fa38860c5e nl80211: Fix build with libnl 1.1
Commit 630b3230c8 ('nl80211: Increase
netlink receive buffer size') added unconditional use of
nl_socket_set_buffer_size() which was not included in libnl 1.1. Fix use
of that old version by making this conditional on CONFIG_LIBNL20.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 01:50:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
399e61353a Add Suite B AKMs to key_mgmt capability list
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 01:43:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e3b5197cc Add Suite B 192-bit AKM
WPA-EAP-SUITE-B-192 can now be used to select 192-bit level Suite B into
use as the key management method.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 01:43:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
97ae35a848 Add HMAC-SHA384
For now, this is only implemented with OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 01:26:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
98cd3d1c3b Preparations for variable length KCK and KEK
This modifies struct wpa_ptk to allow the length of KCK and KEK to be
stored. This is needed to allow longer keys to be used, e.g., with
Suite B 192-bit level.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 01:26:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
30bff1d0f4 Extend AES-CMAC routines to support 256-bit keys
omac1_aes_256() and omac1_aes_vector() can now be used to perform
256-bit CMAC operations similarly to the previously supported 128-bit
cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-24 19:37:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
86f9b1c706 nl80211: Fix default group key management index configuration
The correct nl80211 flag for group key management cipher was set only
for BIP (AES-CMAC-128). The same flag needs to be used with the newer
ciphers BIP-CMAC-256, BIP-GMAC-128, and BIP-GMAC-256.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-24 19:37:42 +02:00
Ben Greear
400de9b1fe hostapd: Debug messages for dodgy RADIUS servers
These were helpful when tracking down why hostapd did not work
properly with a RADIUS server.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-01-23 01:48:27 +02:00
Ola Olsson
bff162ac76 P2P: Fix NULL pointer dereference with SD query cancellation
A NULL pointer crash was caused by commit
7139cf4a4f ('P2P: Decrement
sd_pending_bcast_queries when sd returns'). p2p->sd_query can be cleared
to NULL whenever a query is cancelled, even in case the request had
already been transmitted. As such, need to be prepared for the query not
remaining when processing TX status callback for the frame.

Crashes on 2ee98 in following code
2ee90:       f7fc f8b6       bl      2b000 <p2p_dbg>
2ee94:       e02c            b.n     2eef0 <p2p_send_action_cb+0x348>
2ee96:       6c25            ldr     r5, [r4, #64]   ; 0x40
2ee98:       68ee            ldr     r6, [r5, #12]
2ee9a:       b166            cbz     r6, 2eeb6 <p2p_send_action_cb+0x30e>

Signed-off-by: Ola Olsson <ola.olsson@sonymobile.com>
2015-01-22 15:49:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
630b3230c8 nl80211: Increase netlink receive buffer size
libnl uses a pretty small buffer (32 kB that gets converted to 64 kB) by
default. It is possible to hit that limit in some cases where operations
are blocked, e.g., with a burst of Deauthentication frames to hostapd
and STA entry deletion. Try to increase the buffer to make this less
likely to occur.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-22 13:51:15 +02:00
ASHUTOSH NARAYAN
fb09ed3389 Interworking: Notify the ANQP parsing status
The ANQP verification/parsing is done only after the GAS_DONE indication
is sent over the control interface. This means that in case the ANQP
parsing fails there is no indication to the upper layers. Add an
ANQP-QUERY-DONE event that reports the status of the ANQP parsing.

Signed-off-by: ASHUTOSH NARAYAN <ashutoshx.narayan@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:26:21 +02:00
Haim Dreyfuss
b62b0cb78a WNM: Fix possible memory leak by free buf
Buf is allocated and may not be freed on an error path.

Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:14:19 +02:00
Ben
9bd0273931 EAP: Fix possible memory leak in eap_ttls_process_decrypted()
In case eap_peer_tls_encrypt() fails in eap_ttls_process_decrypted(),
free resp memory.

Signed-off-by: Ben Rosenfeld <ben.rosenfeld@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:13:15 +02:00
Haim Dreyfuss
b760e64276 eap_server: Avoid NULL pointer dereference in eap_fast_encrypt_phase2()
If TLS encryption fails, encr may be NULL and that would have resulted
in NULL pointer dereference..

Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:11:59 +02:00
Avraham Stern
948d3a8731 hostapd: Remove unused variable from hostapd_get_hw_features
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:10:33 +02:00
Eytan Lifshitz
414f23d8b9 Avoid NULL string in printf on EAP method names in authenticator
In ieee802_1x_decapsulate_radius(), eap_server_get_name() may return
NULL, and it could be dereferenced depending on printf implementation.
Change it to return "unknown" instead for the case of no matching EAP
method found. This makes it easier for the callers to simply print this
in logs (which is the only use for this function).

Signed-off-by: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:07:22 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
7b7b4449a9 nl80211: Fix reading of the extended capabilities mask
We were copying the NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA attribute into the
extended_capa_mask element, which is incorrect. Use
NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK instead.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2015-01-20 01:57:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6b46bfa751 WPS: Re-fix an interoperability issue with mixed mode and AP Settings
Commit ce7b56afab ('WPS: Fix an
interoperability issue with mixed mode and AP Settings') added code to
filter M7 Authentication/Encryption Type attributes into a single bit
value in mixed mode (WPA+WPA2) cases to work around issues with Windows
7. This workaround was lost in commit
d7a15d5953 ('WPS: Indicate current AP
settings in M7 in unconfigurated state') that fixed unconfigured state
values in AP Settings, but did not take into account the earlier
workaround for mixed mode.

Re-introduce filtering of Authentication/Encryption Type attributes for
M7 based on the current AP configuration. In other words, merge those
two earlier commits together to include both the earlier workaround the
newer fix.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-19 18:35:59 +02:00
Adrien Decostre
1648cc6427 ACS: Allow subset of channels to be configured
Add the possibility to define a subset of channels used by the ACS
engine when not operating on DFS channels.

Signed-off-by: Adrien Decostre <ad.decostre@gmail.com>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
95ff306988 nl80211: Allow HT/VHT to be disabled for IBSS
Allow HT/VHT overrides to be used for IBSS.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Masashi Honma
7451a217be mesh: Return negative value on join failed
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Masashi Honma
5a2a6de6a5 mesh: Make inactivity timer configurable
Current mesh code uses ap_max_inactivity as inactivity timer. This patch
makes it configurable.

There is another mesh inactivity timer in mac80211. The timer works even
if user_mpm=1. So this patch sets the max value to the timer for
workaround.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Masashi Honma
b9749bac81 AP: Expire STA without entry in kernel
If the inactivity check returns that there is no entry remaining for the
STA in the kernel, drop the STA in hostapd as well.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Masashi Honma
a114c7235a AP: Remove redundant condition for STA expiration
This condition is always true because of surrounding if.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d787f0242 Fix RADIUS client with out-of-memory and missing shared secret
It was possible for an out-of-memory code path to trigger NULL pointer
dereference when preparing a RADIUS accounting report.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cbc210de09 RADIUS DAS: Allow PMKSA cache entry to be removed without association
This extends Disconnect-Request processing to check against PMKSA cache
entries if no active session (STA association) match the request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-16 15:55:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4e871ed1c3 RADIUS DAS: Support Acct-Multi-Session-Id as a session identifier
This extends Disconnect-Request support for an additiona session
identification attribute.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-16 13:09:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b52c0d453f Add authMultiSessionId into hostapd STA info
dot1xAuthSessionId was previously used to make Acct-Session-Id available
through the control interface. While there is no IEEE 802.1X MIB
variable for Acct-Multi-Session-Id, it is useful to make this value
available as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-16 13:07:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
861beb7269 RADIUS DAS: Check for single session match for Disconnect-Request
Previously, the first matching STA was picked. That is not really the
design in RFC 5176, so extend this matching code to go through all
specified session identification attributes and verify that all of them
match. In addition, check for a possible case of multiple sessions
matching. If such a case is detected, return with Disconnect-NAK and
Error-Code 508 (multiple session selection not supported).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-16 12:50:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1fef85c7c5 nl80211: Fix AP-scan-in-STA-mode error path behavior
If a second scan trigger attempt fails in STA mode, the error path was
supposed to restore the old mode that was in use before changing to STA
mode. However, wpa_driver_nl80211_set_mode() changes drv->nlmode on
success, so the recovery path needs to use the saved old_mode value
instead.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-15 00:59:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cebee30f31 Add domain_match network profile parameter
This is similar with domain_suffix_match, but required a full match of
the domain name rather than allowing suffix match (subdomains) or
wildcard certificates.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-14 15:45:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d07d3fbda2 Add peer certificate alt subject name information to EAP events
A new "CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-ALT depth=<i> <alt name>" event is now used
to provide information about server certificate chain alternative
subject names for upper layers, e.g., to make it easier to configure
constraints on the server certificate. For example:
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-ALT depth=0 DNS:server.example.com

Currently, this includes DNS, EMAIL, and URI components from the
certificates. Similar information is priovided to D-Bus Certification
signal in the new altsubject argument which is a string array of these
items.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-14 15:45:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd5f902584 Get rid of a compiler warning
Commit e7d0e97bdb ('hostapd: Add vendor
specific VHT extension for the 2.4 GHz band') resulted in a compiler
warning regarding comparison between signed and unsigned integers at
least for 32-bit builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-14 01:38:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d29fa3a767 Extend VENDOR_ELEM parameters to cover non-P2P Association Request
The new VENDOR_ELEM value 13 can now be used to add a vendor element
into all (Re)Association Request frames, not just for P2P use cases like
the previous item was for.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-14 01:12:56 +02:00
Yanbo Li
e7d0e97bdb hostapd: Add vendor specific VHT extension for the 2.4 GHz band
This allows vendor specific information element to be used to advertise
support for VHT on 2.4 GHz band. In practice, this is used to enable use
of 256 QAM rates (VHT-MCS 8 and 9) on 2.4 GHz band.

This functionality is disabled by default, but can be enabled with
vendor_vht=1 parameter in hostapd.conf if the driver advertises support
for VHT on either 2.4 or 5 GHz bands.

Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-14 00:59:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3e7f1c7980 GnuTLS: Add TLS event callbacks for chain success/failure and peer cert
This makes GnuTLS events match the ones provided when OpenSSL is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0eb2ed067f GnuTLS: Add support for OCSP stapling as a client
This allows ocsp=2 to be used with wpa_supplicant when built with GnuTLS
to request TLS status extension (OCSP stapling) to be used to validate
server certificate validity.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e1bb94b91 GnuTLS: Verify that server certificate EKU is valid for a server
The server certificate will be rejected if it includes any EKU and none
of the listed EKUs is either TLS Web Server Authentication or ANY.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d4d1f5cb33 GnuTLS: Fix tls_disable_time_checks=1 processing
Certificate expiration is checked both within GnuTLS and in the
tls_gnutls.c implementation. The former was configured to use the
request to ignore time checks while the latter was not. Complete support
for this parameter by ignoring the internal expiration checks if
requested.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
594d1fc084 GnuTLS: Add support for private_key and client_cert as blobs
This allows private key and client certificate to be configured using
wpa_supplicant blobs instead of external files.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
79b1dd9aad GnuTLS: Fix DER encoding certificate parsing
It looks like GnuTLS may return success on
gnutls_certificate_set_x509_*() functions with GNUTLS_X509_FMT_PEM even
when trying to read DER encoded information. Reverse the order of
parsing attempts so that we start with DER and then move to PEM if
GnuTLS reports failure on DER parsing. This seems to be more reliable
way of getting errors reported and both cases can now be handled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1068bdb90c tests: Fix crypto module test build without EAP-FAST
Skip the EAP-FAST specific test cases if wpa_supplicant build is
configured not to include EAP-FAST support.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a16514516b Add "GET tls_library" to provide information on TLS library and version
This new wpa_supplicant and hostapd control interface command can be
used to determine which TLS library is used in the build and what is the
version of that library.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c3bb84b415 GnuTLS: Add event callbacks
This allows wpa_supplicant to provide more information about peer
certificate validation results to upper layers similarly to the
mechanism used with OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8ddcd6b9d4 GnuTLS: Add support for domain_suffix_match
This implementation uses GnuTLS function
gnutls_x509_crt_check_hostname(). It has a bit different rules regarding
matching (allows wildcards in some cases, but does not use suffix
matching) compared to the internal implementation used with OpenSSL.
However, these rules are sufficiently close to each other to be of
reasonable use for most cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4bc13bf709 GnuTLS: Check for any unknown verification failure
After having checked all known GNUTLS_CERT_* error cases that we care
about, check that no other errors have been indicated by
gnutls_certificate_verify_peers2() as a reason to reject negotiation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e0d431a515 GnuTLS: Add more debug prints for version and session status
Make the debug output more useful for determining whuch version of
GnuTLS was used and what was negotiated for the session.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65ec7f4c12 GnuTLS: Move peer certificate validation into callback function
GnuTLS 2.10.0 added gnutls_certificate_set_verify_function() that can be
used to move peer certificate validation to an earlier point in the
handshake. Use that to get similar validation behavior to what was done
with OpenSSL, i.e., reject the handshake immediately after receiving the
peer certificate rather than at the completion of handshake.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7c8245798f GnuTLS: Remove support for versions older than 2.12.x
GnuTLS project has marked 2.12.x obsolete since January 2014. There is
not much need for maintaining support for obsolete versions of the
library, so drop all #if/#endif blocks targeting 2.x.y versions. In
practice, none of these were requiring 2.12.x version with x greater
than 0, so 2.12.x remains supported for now.

In addition, add newer version (GnuTLS 3.0.18 and newer) to fetch client
and server random from the session since the old method is not supported
by new GnuTLS versions and as such, gets removed with rest of the old
ifdef blocks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:18:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e1d63f6aea GnuTLS: Remove old version number checks for 1.3.2
No one should be using GnuTLS versions older than 1.3.2 from 2006
anymore, so remove these unnecessary #if/#endif checks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 11:13:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ae0a23a0ca GnuTLS: Remove GNUTLS_INTERNAL_STRUCTURE_HACK
This was needed with very old GnuTLS versions, but has not been needed,
or used, since GnuTLS 1.3.2 which was released in 2006. As such, there
is no need to maintain this code anymore and it is better to just clean
the source code by removing all the related code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 11:11:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db4cf40b92 GnuTLS: Add support for ca_cert as a blob
This allows GnuTLS to be used with trusted CA certificate from
wpa_supplicant blob rather than an external certificate file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 01:49:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
224104ddf6 TLS: Reject openssl_ciphers parameter in non-OpenSSL cases
This TLS configuration parameter is explicitly for OpenSSL. Instead of
ignoring it silently, reject any configuration trying to use it in
builds that use other options for TLS implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 01:35:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6dbbef9603 Define host_to_le32() for Windows builds
This define had been forgotten at some point in time and wpa_supplicant
compilation for Windows failed with some recently added code that
depended on this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:58:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d28e46a6c Fix os_win32 build
Addition of os_memcmp_const() in commit
afc3c8b07f had forgotten to include
common.h into os_win32.c to get u8 defined.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:58:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0b402479bf Remove Network Security Service (NSS) support
NSS as a TLS/crypto library alternative was never completed and this
barely functional code does not even build with the current NSS version.
Taken into account that there has not been much interest in working on
this crypto wrapper over the years, it is better to just remove this
code rather than try to get it into somewhat more functional state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:58:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d16694761a schannel: Reject subject_match, altsubject_match, suffix_match
Validation of these parameters has not been implemented with schannel.
Instead of ignoring them silently, reject the configuration to avoid
giving incorrect impression of the parameters being used if
wpa_supplicant is built with schannel instead of the default OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:58:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59051f8ecf TLS: Reject subject_match, altsubject_match, suffix_match
Validation of these parameters has not been implemented in the internal
TLS implementation. Instead of ignoring them silently, reject the
configuration to avoid giving incorrect impression of the parameters
being used if wpa_supplicant is built with the internal TLS
implementation instead of the default OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:37:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f8717ac8b3 GnuTLS: Reject subject_match, altsubject_match, suffix_match
Validation of these parameters has not been implemented with GnuTLS.
Instead of ignoring them silently, reject the configuration to avoid
giving incorrect impression of the parameters being used if
wpa_supplicant is built with GnuTLS instead of the default OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:33:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e24aef10cf Fix a typo in domain_suffix_match documentation
Spell SubjectName correctly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:27:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
394b54732e Improve subject_match and domain_suffix_match documentation
These were already covered in both README-HS20 for credentials and in
header files for developers' documentation, but the copy in
wpa_supplicant.conf did not include all the details. In addition, add a
clearer note pointing at subject_match not being suitable for suffix
matching domain names; domain_suffix_match must be used for that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:27:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8a42a076aa trace: Fix out-of-memory testing logic
data.function needs to be set for the return value to be of any use and
strcmp won't work with NULL pointer either. (CID 99907)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Stefan Tomanek
79cd993a62 Add address masks to BSSID lists
In many applications it is useful not just to enumerate a group of well
known access points, but to use a address/mask notation to match an
entire set of addresses (ca:ff:ee:00:00:00/ff:ff:ff:00:00:00).

This change expands the data structures used by MAC lists to include a
mask indicating the significant (non-masked) portions of an address and
extends the list parser to recognize mask suffixes.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
21c74e8462 nl80211: Use a helper function to put mesh_id
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
85e1fad8a5 nl80211: Use a helper function for putting beacon interval
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6dfc55723d Remove mesh_ht_mode network block parameter
There should not be a mesh-specific mechanism for setting up channel
parameters since that will just result in duplicated code. IBSS, mesh,
and AP mode can use the same data structures and parameters for setting
up such parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f7e889fa2d mesh: Convert channel configuration to use common routines
Use struct hostapd_freq_params just like other modes do instead of
mesh-specific freq and ht_mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1fc4ab2367 nl80211: Move debug prints into nl80211_put_freq_params()
This way all callers can get the benefit of the same debug prints.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cae87abd13 nl80211: Add a helper function for putting basic rates
There is no need for maintaining two more or less identical copies of
this functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
a828f626af Make check_40mhz_2g4 common
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
fdd989d17a Make check_20mhz_bss common
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
0e550fe496 Make check_40mhz_5g common
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
6d5d098f77 Make get_pri_sec_chan() common
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
514427437a Introduce common allowed_ht40_channel_pair()
This can be used from hostapd/wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
5f10b7f498 Use common hw_get_freq/hw_get_chan helpers in hostapd
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
269dfe232b Introduce common hw features
Introduce wpa_supplicant/hostapd hw features.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
1830817ece IBSS: Add WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_HT_IBSS
Add WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_HT_IBSS driver feature flag. Some drivers could not
set this feature and next could fail when we will enable HT support for
IBSS with error message: nl80211: Join IBSS failed: ret=-22 (Invalid
argument).

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Bob Copeland
f3b8ad4d78 SAE: Implement retransmission timer
Add the t0 retransmission timer as specified by IEEE Std 802.11-2012,
11.3.8.4. This makes SAE much more likely to succeed in the case of lost
frames.

Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:52 +02:00
Bob Copeland
a206e2a175 SAE: Centralize function for sending initial COMMIT
When performing SAE authentication in mesh, one station may
initiate authentication by sending a COMMIT as soon as a peer
candidate is discovered. Previously we did this in mesh_rsn.c,
but this left some of the state initialization in a different
part of the code from the rest of the state machine, and we may
need to add other initializations here in the future, so move
that to a more central function.

Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2015-01-10 11:43:29 +02:00
Imre Vadasz
28c91ee124 bsd: Fix parsing of ieee80211req_scan_result on FreeBSD and DragonFly
On FreeBSD and DragonFly BSD, we additionally need to skip the
isr_meshid_len bytes of the MESH ID, to get the correct address for
copying the IE data.

The isr_meshid_len field was added in the FreeBSD svn revision r195618
in 2009, so I don't think we need to check the FreeBSD version here.

Signed-off-by: Imre Vadász <imre@vdsz.com>
2015-01-10 11:43:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
27d9701dea Fix a memory leak on WPA authenticator error path
wpa_auth->group needs to be freed if PMK cache setup fails.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-08 02:34:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1c07dcb70 Fix hostapd interface addition error path
The local conf pointer needs to be cleared once it gets assigned to
hapd_iface to avoid double-free of the configuration data on error path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-08 02:34:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a156ffda61 Add support for testing memory allocation failures
The new control interface command TEST_ALLOC_FAIL and GET_ALLOC_FAIL can
now be used to trigger memory allocation failures for testing purposes.
TEST_ALLOC_FAIL sets a failure conditions with
<count>:func[;func][;func]... string and GET_ALLOC_FAIL returns the
current state using the same format. Whenever an allocation is made with
a matching backtrace of calling functions, the count is decremented by
one and once zero is reached, the allocation is forced to fail.

Function names can be prefixed with either '=' or '?' to get different
matching behavior. '=' requires this specific function to be the next
one in the backtrace (i.e., do not skip any other functions in the list
which is the default behavior). '?' allows the function to be optionally
present in the backtrace.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-07 13:19:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
52a80583ba TDLS: Fix an interface addition error path
It is possible for wpa_tdls_teardown_peers() to be called with sm ==
NULL in case interface addition fails before the WPA state machine is
initialized.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-07 13:19:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3d2e2d5d63 trace: Fix compiler warning on 32-bit builds with bfd support
With CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BFD, the type cast from void* to integer was
generating a compiler warning due to the target integer being larger in
size in case of 32-bit builds. Type case to bfd_hostptr_t instead of
directly to bfd_vma to avoid this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-06 18:30:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b9f6560f38 eloop: Fix WPA_TRACE tracking in case of realloc failure
The socket reference tracking entries need to be restored in case
os_realloc_array() fails when adding a new eloop socket.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-06 18:30:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e10422c025 Fix memory leak on hostapd BSS addition error path
The per-BSS configuration information needs to be freed if hostapd fails
to add a new interface for a BSS added with "ADD bss_config=..."
command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-06 18:30:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2801659268 Fix hostapd initialization error path on allocation failure
If hostapd_alloc_bss_data() failed to allocate the struct hostapd_data
instance, dynamic interface addition path ended up trying to dereference
freed memory due to incorrect cleanup steps. Fix this by decrementing
the interface count when the newly added interface is removed. In
addition, make the setup more robust by clearing all changes within
hostapd_data_alloc() if any of the allocations fails.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-06 18:30:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d58ade2121 nl80211: Fix compilation with libnl 1.1 and 2.0
Unfortunately, libnl 3.0 has changed the API in a way that is not
backwards compatible by renaming nlmsg_len() to nlmsg_datalen() without
leaving the older nlmsg_len() defined. As such, there does not seem to
be any clean way of using this function without breaking the build with
some libnl versions. For now, replace this call with direct calculation
of the data length since it can be done with a simple one-liner that
compiles with all libnl versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-06 18:30:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
51f3427019 crypto: Clear temporary stack buffers after use
This reduces possibility of exposure of private keys should something
get access to stack memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-06 02:49:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
77a2c3941e crypto: Clear temporary heap allocations before freeing
This reduces the time private keys may remain in heap memory after use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-06 02:49:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a15a7fcf69 DH: Clear memory explicitly on private key deinit
Remove any DH private key from heap memory after use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 18:03:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
77c45e2b35 Add wpabuf_clear_free() to allow clearing of freed memory
This can be useful when a wpabuf is used to store private data that
should not be left in heap after use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 18:02:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59be78ef93 tests: Move SHA256 test cases into hwsim framework
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 17:34:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4b462a0226 tests: Move SHA1 test cases into hwsim framework
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 17:29:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a90c7d91a0 OpenSSL: Fix pbkdf2_sha1() wrapper
This was supposed to use the iterations parameter from the caller
instead of the hardcoded 4096. In practice, this did not have problems
for normal uses since that 4096 value was used in all cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 17:27:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
896e1b836f tests: Move MD5 test cases into hwsim framework
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 17:12:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
88fc0dca98 tests: Move ms_funcs test cases into hwsim framework
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 17:05:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5c0ff9f9a3 tests: Add some of the AES ECB mode test cases from CAVS 11.1
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 16:57:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1244408401 tests: Move AES key wrap/unwrap test cases into hwsim framework
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 16:35:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
477f83131f tests: Move AES-CBC test cases into hwsim framework
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 16:28:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e438fb0d3a tests: Move AES-128 EAX mode test cases into hwsim framework
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 16:24:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6c33962dd1 tests: Additional OMAC1-AES module test coverage
This verifies couple of corner cases with short vector entries in the
OMAC1-AES implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 16:15:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
304d40e904 tests: Move OMAC1-AES test cases into hwsim module tests
This makes sure the test cases are executed automatically with rest of
the hwsim tests.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 16:02:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
942b75468d tests: Add module tests for AES-SIV
This moves the AES-SIV test case from tests/test-aes.c to be part of
wpa_supplicant module testing framework with a new
src/crypto/crypto_module_tests.c component. In addition, the second test
vector from RFC 5297 is also included for additional coverage.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 15:50:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f6ebbcf62a AES-SIV: Make aes_s2v() static
This function is not used outside aes-siv.c. In addition, include the
aes_siv.h header to make sure that functions get declared consistently.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 15:22:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dcf8fbc058 nl80211: Simplify event processing error paths
These are practically unreachable code since cfg80211 fills in the
required attributes or does not send the event. Keep the checks in
place, but minimize the extra code in wpa_supplicant/hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 13:40:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
38751d8bd5 nl80211: Remove cfg80211 state mismatch workaround for authentication
cfg80211 dropped support for tracking BSS authentication state and
setting NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED in 'cfg80211: stop tracking
authenticated state' three years ago (starting in Linux 3.4). As such,
this workaround code in wpa_supplicant cannot be reached anymore. There
is no real need for maintaining it for older kernels either, since there
are other ways of detecting and working around state mismatches with the
actual authentication operations failing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 12:21:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
64ae244763 nl80211: Check support for rekey offload on first use
While there is no explicit driver capability advertisement for this in
nl80211, the EOPNOTSUPP response can be interpreted as a clear
indication of NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD not being supported. Check
for that and don't try to offload keys again if the driver has not use
for them.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 12:00:09 +02:00
Ilan Peer
86056fea63 nl80211: Handle MAC address randomization in scan/sched_scan
1. Process supported driver capabilities.
2. Populate scan request with MAC address randomization data

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-01-04 23:06:31 +02:00
Ilan Peer
ff23ed221d driver: Add definitions for MAC address randomization in scan
1. Add parameters to the scan command to allow MAC address
   randomization during scan and scheduled scan.
2. Add capability bits to publish MAC address randomization support
   in scan and scheduled scan.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-01-04 21:46:38 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
72b2605f15 nl80211: Pass TDLS channel-switch start/stop params to kernel
The kernel-driver/firmware are responsible for performing periodic
switches to the target channel with the given peer. Propagate all TDLS
channel switching related information to kernel.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2015-01-04 21:46:37 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
6b90deae4d TDLS: Propagate enable/disable channel-switch commands to driver
The supplicant code does not try to control the actual channel of the
radio at any point. It simply passes the target peer and channel
parameters to the driver. It's the driver's responsibility to
periodically initiate TDLS channel-switch operations when TDLS
channel-switching is enabled.

Allow enable/disable operations to be invoked via the control interface.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2015-01-04 20:30:11 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
d9d3b78c67 TDLS: Track TDLS channel switch prohibition in BSS
Mark an appropriate sm flag when TDLS switch is prohibited by the AP.
Populate the flag upon association with the AP.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2015-01-04 18:59:31 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
4daa572925 TDLS: Add channel-switch capability flag
Propagate a driver TDLS channel-switch support bit from nl80211 to
TDLS code.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2015-01-04 18:59:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ca16586afe Sync with wireless-testing.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2014-11-26.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-04 18:59:31 +02:00
Avraham Stern
730a0d16bf nl80211: Always register management frames handler
If registering WMM-AC ADDTS response action frame or WMM-AC DELTS
action frame fails, the management frame handler is not being
registered. This results with a segmentation fault when trying to
unsubscribe the handler when the interface is removed.
Fix it by always registering the handler and just returning a negative
value to note that the action frame could not be registered.

This fixes an issue introduced in the commit
dfa8787833 ('nl80211: Implement
add_ts/del_ts ops').

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2015-01-04 18:28:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4e8f31e2ef doc: Extend driver.h documentation
This documents some more parts of the driver wrapper interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-03 18:24:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bbd89bfca0 nl80211: Clear nlmsg payload with keys before freeing
This reduces the time possible keys could remain in heap memory. Couple
of the nl80211 messages include keys (TK for normal ciphers and
KCK/KEK/PMK for various offloading cases).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-03 01:15:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2535da879 nl80211: Note linux_set_iface_flags() failure in debug log
There was one final remaining linux_set_iface_flags() call that did not
check the result. This specific one does not really matter much, but
anyway, be more consistent by checking the result and log any error in
debug log. (CID 74146)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:56:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8509fb5cce D-Bus: Fix memory leak on P2P GO WPSVendorExtensions
It was possible to add WPS vendor extensions through the D-Bus
WPSVendorExtensions setter, but these extensions were not freed when the
P2P GO was stopped or when replacing previously configured extensions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-30 22:22:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4e70bbf1c6 SAE: Clear keys from memory on disassociation
There is no need to keep temporary keys in memory beyond the end of the
association, so explicitly clear any SAE buffers that can contain keys
as soon as such keys are not needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 20:00:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fbfc974c6c Clear GTK from memory as soon as it is not needed anymore
It was possible for the decrypted EAPOL-Key Key Data field to remain in
heap after the temporary buffer was freed. Explicitly clear that buffer
before freeing it to minimize the time GTK remains in memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 19:44:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d711541dc Clear TK part of PTK after driver key configuration
There is no need for wpa_supplicant to maintain a copy of the TK part of
PTK after this has been configured to the driver, so clear that from
heap memory and only maintain KEK and KCK during association to allow
additional EAPOL-Key handshakes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 19:44:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7193254456 Clear temporary keys from WPA supplicant state machine when not needed
PMK and PTK are not needed in the supplicant state machine after
disassociation since core wpa_supplicant will reconfigure them for the
next association. As such, clear these from heap in
wpa_sm_notify_disassoc() to reduce time and number of places storing key
material in memory. In addition, clear FT keys in case of
CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y build (sm->xxkey stored a copy of PSK in case of
FT-PSK).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 19:44:51 +02:00
Paul Stewart
de27bc7673 hostapd: Set stdout line-buffered
If hostapd will use stdout for debugging, set stdout to be line
buffered in case its output is redirected to a file. This allows
incremental output to be viewed immediately instead of at the file
buffering interval.

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
David Woodhouse
a642a52b17 OpenSSL: Do not require a PIN for PKCS#11
It isn't mandatory. If we need one and it's not present, the ENGINE will
try asking for it. Make sure it doesn't actually let an OpenSSL UI loose,
since we don't currently capture those.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
David Woodhouse
96955192b3 OpenSSL: Automatically enable PKCS#11 engine where it's needed
It needs to be available to ENGINE_by_id(), which in my case means it
needs to be /usr/lib64/openssl/engines/libpkcs11.so. But that's a system
packaging issue. If it isn't there, it will fail gracefully enough with:

ENGINE: engine pkcs11 not available [error:25066067:DSO support routines:DLFCN_LOAD:could not load the shared library]
TLS: Failed to set TLS connection parameters
EAP-TLS: Failed to initialize SSL.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
David Woodhouse
ddda627618 OpenSSL: Load dynamic ENGINE unconditionally
This means that if the PKCS#11 engine is installed in the right place
in the system, it'll automatically be invoked by ENGINE_by_id("pkcs11")
later, and things work without explictly configuring pkcs11_engine_path.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
David Woodhouse
01b0d1d5c1 OpenSSL: Automatically handle PKCS#11 URIs in private_key, ca/client_cert
If these start with "pkcs11:" then they are PKCS#11 URIs. These Just Work
in the normal private_key/ca_cert/client_cert configuration fields when
built with GnuTLS; make it work that way with OpenSSL too.

(Yes, you still need to explicitly set engine=1 and point to the engine,
but I'll work on that next...)

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
David Woodhouse
3d268b8d19 OpenSSL: Do not require private key to come from PKCS#11
There's no reason I shouldn't be able to use PKCS#11 for just the CA cert,
or even the client cert, while the private key is still from a file.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
David Woodhouse
5c8ab0d49c OpenSSL: Allow pkcs11_module_path to be NULL
New versions of engine_pkcs11 will automatically use the system's
p11-kit-proxy.so to make the globally-configured PKCS#11 tokens available
by default. So invoking the engine without an explicit module path is
not an error.

Older engines will fail but gracefully enough, so although it's still an
error in that case there's no need for us to catch it for ourselves.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
010fa245bd Add QUIET=1 option for make
This can be used to reduce verbosity for build messages.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
49e3eea8d9 Avoid -Wshadow warnings from older gcc versions
It looks like gcc 4.8.2 would warn about these with -Wshadow, but 4.6.3
did.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-26 13:21:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a193231dfb Clean up debug prints to use wpa_printf()
This converts most of the remaining perror() and printf() calls from
hostapd and wpa_supplicant to use wpa_printf().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-26 13:20:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cad9b88be2 Fix CONFIG_OS=none build
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-25 16:37:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff013b94ca Fix CONFIG_OS=internal build
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-25 16:37:12 +02:00
David Woodhouse
7d9286d3e7 Support private_key_passwd for GnuTLS (3.1.11+)
It's possible to jump through hoops to support it in older versions too,
but that seems a little unnecessary at this point.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2014-12-25 16:37:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cbe23ffd6d GnuTLS: Get rid of warnings about deprecated typedef names
'_t' suffix for gnutls_session and gnutls_transport_ptr was added in
GnuTLS 1.1.11 over ten years ago and the more recent versions of GnuTLS
have started forcing compiler warnings from the old names. Move to the
new names and don't bother about backwards compatibility with older
versions taken into account how long ago this change happened in GnuTLS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-25 16:37:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
36f0cf3774 privsep: Fix compilation due to associate() parameter updates
struct wpa_driver_associate_params moved to using struct
hostapd_freq_params instead of just frequency. Need to update wpa_priv
to do same.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-25 16:37:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eae3df7ee4 P2P: Fix memory leak on GO startup failure path
Some of the struct hostapd_data variables get initialized with allocated
memory in the P2P GO case even before hapd->started has been set to 1.
As such, hostapd_free_hapd_data() needs to free these even if
!hapd->stated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-25 16:37:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
40e7639600 nl80211: Check if_indextoname() return value for bridge events
It would be at least theoretically possible for the bridge netdev to
have disappeared at the time hostapd processes the RTM newlink/dellink
message. As such, it is better to verify that if_indextoname() actually
returned success before printing the bridge ifname in debug. In
addition, there is not much point trying to add the bridge ifindex into
the list of own ifindexes in case the interface has already been
removed, so skip that part as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-23 19:43:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3a322496f9 mesh: Delay Authentication frame process with no_auto_peer
There is a possible race condition between receiving the
NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event and the Authentication frame from the peer.
Previously, if the Authentication frame RX event was indicated first,
that frame got dropped silently. Now, this frame is still dropped, but a
copy of it is stored and the frame gets processed on the following
NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event if that is received for the same peer within
two seconds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-23 13:44:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0acc2c809d HT: More robust 20/40 coex Action frame parsing
Commit 587d60d2b7 ('Add AP mode support
for HT 20/40 co-ex Action frame') added processing of co-ex report, but
did not include proper bounds checking or IE type checking for the
payload. Furthermore, this was not ready for the possible extensibility
of the 20/40 BSS Coexistence element.

Fix these by checking IE ids for both elements and doing more
apprioriate bounds checking for the element lengths to avoid potentially
reading beyond the frame buffer. Though, the event receive buffer in
both libnl and driver_nl80211_monitor.c is sufficiently large to make it
very unlikely that the maximum read of about 260 bytes beyond the end of
the Action frame would really have any chances of hitting the end of the
memory buffer, so the practical effect of missing bounds checking would
have been possibly accepting an invalid report frame and moving to 20
MHz channel unnecessarily.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-22 21:54:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a32ad66da HT: Fix 20/40 coex Action frame parsing
Commit 5ce3ae4c8f tried to clean up
fetching a pointer to the action code field, but it forgot to add
IEEE80211_HDRLEN to the pointer. This resulted in the coex report
elements being read from too early in the frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-22 20:41:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce20a3702c nl80211: Remove practically unused process_drv_event()
This was used in the past, but all the event processing is now either
through process_global_event() or process_bss_event().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-22 16:12:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
4b4093686b mesh: Make maximum number of peer links configurable
Maximum number of peer links is maximum number of connecting mesh peers
at the same time. This value is 0..255 based on the
dot11MeshNumberOfPeerings range.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-21 23:52:31 +02:00
Masashi Honma
9c58c5f72c mesh: Make beacon interval configurable
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-21 23:38:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
422ba11e30 Flush WPS registrar state on wpa_supplicant FLUSH command
This helps hwsim test cases by avoiding undesired state from previously
executed test cases affecting following tests.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-21 17:47:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8779ac8a67 EAP-IKEv2: Fix a typo in a debug message
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-21 13:19:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bb68a6e3cc EAP-IKEv2 peer: Fix fragmentation reassembly
ret->ignore needs to be cleared to FALSE when sending fragment ack
message to avoid ignoring the fragment.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-21 00:48:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e5c1ec32f EAP-IKEv2: Add explicit limit for maximum message length
This avoids accepting unnecessarily large memory allocations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-21 00:25:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ef8e39fa7 nl80211: Fix interface-in-different-bridge case
The local ifindex list needs to be updated only if the current bridge
interface is the correct one. If hostapd is going to move the interface
to another bridge, the old bridge ifindex must not be added. In
addition, when removing the bridge interface on deinit, it may need to
be set down to allow bridge removal.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-20 21:00:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
666e508ccf nl80211: Fix cfg80211 workaround for IBSS join
The interface was incorrectly changed to station mode between the two
IBSS join requests and that made the second attempt fail. Remove that
undesired mode clearing from this special case of IBSS leave sequence.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-20 19:35:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
13a3a20dfe Fix wpa_key_mgmt and wpa_pairwise configuration for non-WPA
These hostapd configuration parameter was left at the default values
(WPA-PSK/TKIP) even for cases where WPA was disabled. While these
parameters are not really used much in non-WPA cases, they do get used
for one corner case in nl80211 configuration to disable encryption of
EAPOL frames in IEEE 802.1X WEP case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-20 18:44:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
533fe09b78 nl80211: Fix no-encrypt for IEEE 802.1X WEP EAPOL
Commit 9f12614b8c ('nl80211: Do not
encrypt IEEE 802.1X WEP EAPOL') tried to use
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT to disable encryption of EAPOL
frames for WEP IEEE 802.1X. However, it used incorrect key management
suite (IEEE 802.1X with WPA/WPA2 while the non-WPA version is needed
here). Consequently, the no-encrypt flag was never set to the driver
(WPA/WPA2 cases do not meet the WEP as pairwise criteria).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-20 17:35:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1033315fbe nl80211: Remove send_and_recv_msgs_global() wrapper
There was only a single user for this and calling send_and_recv()
directly is as simple as using this wrapper.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-20 15:45:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bdf5ccb264 nl80211: Remove unnecessary function declarations
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-20 15:37:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
afa2ffb413 SAE: Check Status Code in Authentication frames
While other authentication algorithms mark Status Code as being Reserved
in the case of the transaction number 1, SAE does not. Check that the
Status Code indicates success before creating SAE state. In addition,
fix the mesh anti-clogging token request parsing on big endian CPUs.

Transaction number 2 (confirm) can also have non-zero Status Code to
report an error. Those should be processed, but not replied to with yet
another error message. This could happen in mesh case. Avoid a loop of
error messages by dropping the non-success case without additional
response.

In addition, don't reply to unknown transaction numbers if the status
code is non-zero. This avoids a loop of error messages if an invalid
frame where to be injected (or unlikely corruption were to occur).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-15 00:06:56 +02:00
Masashi Honma
5b78493f3b mesh: Add mesh interface creation command for mesh gate
The mesh gate is used to bridge (or route) between mesh network and
another network. For example, mesh gate acts as router between mesh
network and IEEE 802.11 BSS network.

This command makes a virtual mesh interface to be used for mesh gate.

This command expects to be used like this.

wpa_cli -i wlan0 MESH_INTERFACE_ADD ifname=mesh0
wpa_cli -i mesh0 add_network
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 ssid '"commell_2X_mmm"'
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 mode 5
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 frequency 2412
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 key_mgmt SAE
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 psk '"01234567"'
wpa_cli -i mesh0 mesh_group_add 0
wpa_cli -i wlan0 mesh_group_remove mesh0

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-14 23:27:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd0b620371 SAE: Add sae_group to AP/mesh mode STA ctrl_iface data
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 20:14:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7781da6b2b Remove unused find_first_bit()
This was used only for the VHT capability checks for determining bit
offset for right shift. That was replaced with a constant defines since
there is no need to calculate this at runtime.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 19:01:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9ae52e7034 Clean up VHT configuration validation
There is no need to use runtime call to find_first_bit() to determine
shift amount for a constant integer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 19:00:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b0f33467a5 Clean up VHT override max A-MPDU override calculation
There is no need to use runtime call to find_first_bit() to determine
shift amount for a constant integer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 18:48:59 +02:00
Jörg Krause
33c7eb810a wext: Fix musl build error
Building wpa_supplicant with the musl C library fails since musl does
not define type names such as '__uint32_t'. To support building
wpa_supplicant with the musl C library use the integer types declared in
the ISO C standard header file <stdint.h>.

Signed-off-by: Jörg Krause <jkrause@posteo.de>
2014-12-14 18:05:32 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
7c4027f604 nl80211: Report new station / assoc event for the correct BSS
drv->ctx always points to the first BSS and we should report event using
BSS related to the interface we got NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION from.
This fixes STA association for drivers using NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION and
multiple virtual interfaces.

Before:
nl80211: Drv Event 19 (NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) received for wlan0-1 (ifindex:7)
nl80211: New station 02:00:00:00:01:00
wlan0: STA 02:00:00:00:01:00 IEEE 802.11: associated

After:
nl80211: Drv Event 19 (NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) received for wlan0-1 (ifindex:7)
nl80211: New station 02:00:00:00:01:00
wlan0-1: STA 02:00:00:00:01:00 IEEE 802.11: associated

This is not applicable to the cases where authentication (AP SME & MLME)
is in hostapd and hostapd_assoc_cb() instead of hostapd_notif_assoc()
handles BSS selection.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
2014-12-14 17:29:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce460118a8 ERP: Drop ERP keys on failure on the peer
This allows recovery through fallback to full EAP authentication if the
server rejects us, e.g., due to having dropped ERP state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 15:47:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c6411edd0 ERP: Add ERP_FLUSH for hostapd
This can be used to drop any pending ERP key from both the internal AP
authentication server and RADIUS server use of hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 15:47:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a0a34d536e nl80211: Add rrm_flags to STATUS-DRIVER
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-12 21:09:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0629eeb490 RRM: Add AP mode minimal advertisement support for testing
The new hostapd.conf radio_measurements parameter can now be used to
configure a test build to advertise support for radio measurements with
neighbor report enabled. There is no real functionality that would
actually process the request, i.e., this only for the purpose of minimal
STA side testing for now.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-12 20:45:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
774d414513 Fix AP IE in EAPOL-Key 3/4 for WPA + FT combination
Previously, only WPA + WPA2 was covered. If FT is enabled in addition to
WPA, MDIE is included in the buffer between RSN and WPA elements. The
previous version ended up leaving only the MDIE after having skipped RSN
element. Fix this to skip MDIE as well to leave only WPA IE regardless
of whether FT is enabled in AP configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-12 14:03:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
72c5c289fb Add text names for number of the key_mgmt values
This completes STATUS command key_mgmt output for the missing values,
like SAE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-12 13:40:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2961bfa8e1 Remove unused send_eapol() driver op
The send_eapol() callback was used by driver_test.c, but with that
removed, there is no remaining users of the alternative EAPOL frame
transmitting mechanism in wpa_supplicant, i.e., all remaining driver
interfaces use l2_packet instead. Remove the send_eapol() to get rid of
unused code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-11 15:40:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6a31a31da1 OpenSSL: Simplify EAP-FAST peer workaround
Commit d4913c585e ('OpenSSL: Fix EAP-FAST
peer regression') introduced a workaround to use a new SSL_CTX instance
set for TLSv1_method() when using EAP-FAST. While that works, it is
unnecessarily complex since there is not really a need to use a separate
SSL_CTX to be able to do that. Instead, simply use SSL_set_ssl_method()
to update the ssl_method for the SSL instance. In practice, this commit
reverts most of the tls_openssl.c changes from that earlier commit and
adds that single call into tls_connection_set_params() based on EAP-FAST
flag.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-09 23:55:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b90d064f1a Add tls_session_reused=<0/1> into EAP peer TLS status
This can be used to determine whether the last TLS-based EAP
authentication instance re-used a previous session (e.g., TLS session
resumption or EAP-FAST session ticket).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-09 23:41:09 +02:00
Chet Lanctot
15badebd47 nl80211: Add QCA vendor specific query of device/driver features
This commit introduces a QCA vendor command that allows interrogation of
the vendor-specific features supported by the device/driver. Currently
the only defined feature is the ability to offload key management.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-09 21:08:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d4913c585e OpenSSL: Fix EAP-FAST peer regression
Commit 35efa2479f ('OpenSSL: Allow TLS
v1.1 and v1.2 to be negotiated by default') changed from using
TLSv1_method() to SSLv23_method() to allow negotiation of TLS v1.0,
v1.1, and v1.2.

Unfortunately, it looks like EAP-FAST does not work with this due to
OpenSSL not allowing ClientHello extensions to be configured with
SSL_set_session_ticket_ext() when SSLv23_method() is used. Work around
this regression by initiating a separate SSL_CTX instance for EAP-FAST
phase 1 needs with TLSv1_method() while leaving all other EAP cases
using TLS to work with the new default that allows v1.1 and v1.2 to be
negotiated. This is not ideal and will hopefully get fixed in the future
with a new OpenSSL method, but until that time, this can be used allow
other methods use newer TLS versions while still allowing EAP-FAST to be
used even if it remains to be constraint to TLS v1.0 only.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-09 16:57:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1f5bcb96f TLS: Add new cipher suites to tls_get_cipher()
This fixes EAP-FAST server side issues for anonymous provisioning when
using the internal TLS implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-09 16:57:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c25addb156 OpenSSL: Remove support for the old EAP-FAST interface
Commit f5fa824e9a ('Update OpenSSL 0.9.8
patch for EAP-FAST support') changed the OpenSSL 0.9.8 patch to support
the new API that was introduced in OpenSSL 1.0.0 for EAP-FAST. As such,
there should be no valid users of the old API anymore and tls_openssl.c
can be cleaned up to use only the new API.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-09 16:57:05 +02:00
Xiaofei Shen
f68e86a4d6 MACsec: Update protect frames and replay on reauthentication
Some cases like ifconfig down/up may require MACsec restart. To make
sure the appropriate protect frames and replay parameters get configured
in cases where the interface was down, set these parameters from KaY
configuration to the driver before creating a new transmit SC. This
allows MACsec functionality to recover automatically on such restart.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-09 16:56:10 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
36b5c3335a P2P: Check Invitation Response dialog token match for resend case
Commit ac330cfd87 ('P2P: Reinvite with
social operation channel if no common channels') introduced a mechamisn
to reinvite a peer during a persistent group reinvocation from a GO with
a different operating channel proposal. This mechanism can fail if the
inviting device (GO) ends up getting a retransmitted, duplicated
Invitation Response frame processed second time while waiting for the
response to the retried Invitation Request (using one of the social
channels as the operating channel). IEEE 802.11 duplicate frame
detection mechanisms are supposed to prevent this type of sequence, but
not all drivers support those rules properly for pre-association frames,
including P2P Public Action frames.

Work around this issue by checking that the dialog token in the
Invitation Response frame matches the one from the last Invitation
Request if the special invitation retry mechanism is used. This is safer
to do now than to enable dialog token matching for all invitation cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-09 16:26:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f90dfd2cd nl80211: Add frame control and sequence control field in RX frame debug
This makes it easier to debug issues related to duplicated management
frames on receive path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-09 01:19:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4bd7195466 nl80211: Try to unmask 11b rates again on next connection request
It is possible for unmasking of 11b rates to fail if a P2P group is
terminated while the netdev is down (e.g., due to rfkill block). This
could result in the 11b TX rates being left masked for non-P2P
operations. This would be particularly unfortunate for channel 14 use
since OFDM rates are not allowed on channel 14 and only OFDM rates were
configured P2P. This issue showed up, e.g., when running hwsim test case
rfkill_autogo followed by ap_wps_conf_chan14.

It may be possible to allow the failed operation in cfg80211/mac80211,
but it looks better to work around this on wpa_supplicant side as well.
Try to unmask the 11b rates again on the next connection request if the
rate unmasking operation had failed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-08 16:10:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3e208481b5 nl80211: Add more debug prints for 11b rate disabling and re-enabling
This makes it easier to debug issues related to TX rate masking for P2P
use cases (and unmasking for non-P2P).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-08 16:01:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aaadd72733 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - more checks
Add more os_snprintf() result validation checks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f102d3bb0 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - manual
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() for cases that were note covered by spatch and
semantic patches.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7bdd8981f7 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - automatic 2
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() where the comparison was 'res > size' instead of
'res >= size'. These changes were done automatically with spatch using
the following semantic patch:

@@
identifier E1;
expression E2,E3,E4,E5,E6;
statement S1;
@@

(
  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  int E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else if (E6)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = 0;
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else if (E6) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  }
)
? os_free(E4);
- if (E1 < 0 || \( E1 > E3 \| (size_t) E1 > E3 \| E1 > (int) E3 \))
+ if (os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
(
  S1
|
{ ... }
)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d85e1fc8a5 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - automatic 1
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() where the exact rule used in os_snprintf_error() was
used. These changes were done automatically with spatch using the
following semantic patch:

@@
identifier E1;
expression E2,E3,E4,E5,E6;
statement S1;
@@

(
  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  int E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else if (E6)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = 0;
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else if (E6) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  }
)
? os_free(E4);
- if (E1 < 0 || \( E1 >= E3 \| (size_t) E1 >= E3 \| (unsigned int) E1 >= E3 \| E1 >= (int) E3 \))
+ if (os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
(
  S1
|
{ ... }
)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a80ba67a26 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - success case
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() in cases where success condition was used to execute
a step. These changes were done automatically with spatch using the
following semantic patch:

@@
expression E1,E2,E3;
statement S1;
@@

  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
- if (\( E1 >= 0 \| E1 > 0 \) && \( (size_t) E1 < E3 \| E1 < (int) E3 \| E1 < E3 \))
+ if (!os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
  S1

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a9aaacbb50 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - maximum length
This adds verification of os_snprintf() result against the maximum
buffer length. These changes were done automatically with spatch
using the following semantic patch:

@@
expression E1,E2,E3;
statement S1;
@@

  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
- if (\( E1 < 0 \| E1 <= 0 \))
+ if (os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
(
  S1
|
{ ... }
)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0047306bc9 Add os_snprintf_error() helper
This can be used to check os_snprintf() return value more consistently.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
89b48f7b95 Use os_zalloc() instead of os_malloc() and os_memset()
Automatically updated with spatch and the following semantic patch:

@@
expression X;
expression E1;
statement S;
@@

- X = os_malloc(E1);
+ X = os_zalloc(E1);
(
  if (X == NULL) {
	...
  }
- os_memset(X, 0, E1);
|
  if (X == NULL)
	S
- os_memset(X, 0, E1);
)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
faebdeaa9e Use os_calloc() instead of os_zalloc()
Automatic changes with spatch using the following semantic patch:

@@
constant C;
type T;
@@

- os_zalloc(C*sizeof(T))
+ os_calloc(C,sizeof(T))

@@
expression E;
type T;
@@

- os_zalloc((E)*sizeof(T))
+ os_calloc(E,sizeof(T))

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
80d5a3db9a WPS: Start EAPOL immediately even without WPA on WPS association
Previously, the immediate EAPOL authenticator startup was scheduled
without having received EAPOL-Start only for the case where WPA/WPA2 was
enabled. This can be extended to speed up non-WPA/WPA2 cases as well if
the STA includes WPS IE in Association Request frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff1dd3e9a1 base64: Try to avoid static analyzer warning (part 2)
Shift right on unsigned char limits the value to 0..63 which is within
bounds for base64_table[]. Anyway, some static analyzers do not seem to
understand that. See if an otherwise unnecessary masking gets rid of
false warnings. (CID 62858)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:07:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cdbc0baac6 base64: Try to avoid static analyzer warning
Shift right on unsigned char limits the value to 0..63 which is within
bounds for base64_table[]. Anyway, some static analyzers do not seem to
understand that. See if an otherwise unnecessary masking gets rid of
false warnings. (CID 62858)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 19:26:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d04364104 TLS: Reorder length bounds checking to avoid static analyzer warning
For some reason, "pos + len > end" is not clear enough, but "len > end -
pos" is recognized. Use that to get rid of a false positive from a
static analyzer (CID 72697).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 18:36:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
41f480005f EAP-SIM DB: Make recv() null termination easier for static analyzers
For some reason, the previous version was not understood to be null
terminating the buffer from recv(). It was doing this fine, though. Try
to use a bit more simpler design in hopes of getting static analyzers to
understand this. (CID 72702)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 18:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8105821b39 Replace send_ft_action() driver_op with send_action()
This reduced number of unnecessarily duplicated driver interface
callback functions for sending Action frames by using the more generic
send_action() instead of FT specific send_ft_action().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 18:13:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
477af8f869 nl80211: Move scanning related functionality to a separate file
This helps in making the still overly large driver_nl80211.c somewhat
more manageable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 17:59:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
71f1d1e54d hostapd: Fix memory leak on dynamic add-BSS error path
If "ADD bss_config=" command failed in driver_init() or
hostapd_setup_interface(), some of the allocated resources were not
freed properly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 17:42:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f63614f18 nl80211: Clean up nl80211_scan_common() to use nl80211_cmd_msg()
This helper function had not used the nl80211_set_iface_id() helper, but
there is no reason why it couldn't re-use the same helper as other
places using nl80211_cmd_msg().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 17:18:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95376e1a99 nl80211: Use nl80211_iface_msg() helper
Use the helper function to replace places that use nlmsg_alloc(),
nl80211_cmd(), and ifindex.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 17:18:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
13f83980f0 nl80211: Use nl80211_bss_msg() helper
Use the helper function to replace places that use nlmsg_alloc(),
nl80211_cmd(), and either bss->ifindex or if_nametoindex(bss->ifname).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 17:18:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a3249fdfb8 nl80211: Use nl80211_cmd_msg() for P2P Device operations
bss->wdev_id_set is set for the non-detdev P2P Device, so
nl80211_cmd_msg() can be used as-is for these cases as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 17:17:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9725b78421 nl80211: Use nl80211_drv_msg() helper
Use the helper function to replace places that use nlmsg_alloc(),
nl80211_cmd(), and drv->ifindex.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 17:17:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
350acc354d nl80211: Move nl80211_set_iface_id() next its only remaining user
This function was in a bit strange location between struct family_data
and family_handler() definitions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 16:41:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
56f77852e5 nl80211: Use the new nl80211_cmd_msg() helper
This removes duplicated code for building nl80211 commands for a BSS.
This commit handles the functions that were already using
nl80211_set_iface_id().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 16:41:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
07c7757cb1 nl80211: Add nl80211_*_msg() helpers
These new functions can be used to both allocate and build a header for
most nl80211 commands.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 16:41:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a862e4a38f nl80211: Continue getting rid of NLA_PUT* macro use
This gets rid of more NLA_PUT* macro uses in nl80211 to reduce the
number of functions that depend on the hidden behavior of jumping to the
nla_put_failure label.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 12:50:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9589a91e0e nl80211: Get rid of NLA_PUT* macro use in capability checking
This gets rid of NLA_PUT* macro use in checking nl80211 capabilities to
reduce the number of functions that depend on the hidden behavior of
jumping to the nla_put_failure label.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 12:18:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f27f1644a8 PCSC: Make AID copying easier for static analyzers
Use a separate pointer and length field instead of trying to copy from a
struct field that has only part of the full buffer available.
(CID 68115)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 12:16:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c397eff828 Make GTK length validation easier to analyze
Bounds checking for gd->gtk_len in wpa_supplicant_check_group_cipher()
was apparently too complex for some static analyzers. Use a local
variable and a more explicit validation step to avoid false report.
(CID 62864)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 12:16:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
369d07afc1 FT: Make aes_wrap() call easier to analyze
Using aes_wrap() to initialize a data structure seemed to be too much
for some static analyzers to understand. Make it obvious that the target
is not just the single struct member. (CID 68111)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 12:16:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7696760388 FT: Make aes_unwrap() calls easier to analyze
Using aes_unwrap() to initialize a data structure seemed to be too much
for some static analyzers to understand. Make it obvious that the target
is initialized and that the target is not just the single struct member.
In addition, clean up the design to avoid removal of const with a
typecast. (CID 68112, CID 68134, CID 68135, CID 68136)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 12:16:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a6306bcc92 P2P: Split p2p_channels_union() into two functions
The separate p2p_channels_union_inplace() makes the function easier for
static analyzers to see that the result buffer is always initialized.
(CID 74494)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 12:16:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5085ffb8f8 hostapd: Fix HT40 determination for ACS offload
Commit 16689c7cfc ('hostapd: Allow ACS to
be offloaded to the driver') used incorrect operator to determine
whether HT40 was configured. Fix that to mask the ht_capab bit
correctly. (CID 77286)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-05 01:08:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
56b352ec58 ERP: Avoid a static analyzer warning on uninitialized emsk_len
This was not really a real issue since bin_clear_free() would not use
the emsk_len argument when emsk is NULL as it would be on the path where
emsk_len has not been initilized. Anyway, it is better to get rid of the
warning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-05 00:33:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65d9a5e254 ERP: Add wpa_supplicant ERP_FLUSH ctrl_iface command
This can be used to flush all the ERP keys.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:16:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
02a8d45ace ERP: Add support for ERP on EAP peer
Derive rRK and rIK on EAP peer if ERP is enabled. The new wpa_supplicant
network configuration parameter erp=1 can now be used to configure the
EAP peer to derive EMSK, rRK, and rIK at the successful completion of an
EAP authentication method. This functionality is not included in the
default build and can be enabled with CONFIG_ERP=y.

If EAP authenticator indicates support for re-authentication protocol,
initiate this with EAP-Initiate/Re-auth and complete protocol when
receiving EAP-Finish/Re-auth.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:16:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3bddd8b84 ERP: Add support for ERP on EAP server and authenticator
Derive rRK and rIK on EAP server if ERP is enabled and use these keys to
allow EAP re-authentication to be used and to derive rMSK.

The new hostapd configuration parameter eap_server_erp=1 can now be used
to configure the integrated EAP server to derive EMSK, rRK, and rIK at
the successful completion of an EAP authentication method. This
functionality is not included in the default build and can be enabled
with CONFIG_ERP=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:16:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e2ee327b19 ERP: Add TV/TLV parser
This is needed for ERP implementation on both the server/authenticator
and peer side.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:08:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0087061de7 ERP: Add HMAC-SHA256 KDF (RFC 5295)
This is needed for ERP key derivation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:08:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a5156a66c ERP: Add optional EAP-Initiate/Re-auth-Start transmission
hostapd can now be configured to transmit EAP-Initiate/Re-auth-Start
before EAP-Request/Identity to try to initiate ERP. This is disabled by
default and can be enabled with erp_send_reauth_start=1 and optional
erp_reauth_start_domain=<domain>.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:08:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
19e2b3b6ba ERP: Add defines for EAP Re-Authentication Protocol
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 00:58:14 +02:00
Jithu Jance
0d4e3d1d13 nl80211: Ignore Connect failure for the previous association
Suppose there are two APs (AP1 & AP2) and user attempted to connect to
AP2 before the previous connection with AP1 could succeed. Now, if the
connection event comes for the older AP with failed status, we should
just ignore it as the wpa_supplicant state has moved to "ASSOCIATING"
with the new AP (AP2).

This is a similar to the case where a disconnection event is ignored for
a case where local disconnect request can cause the extra event to show
up during the next association process following that command.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2014-12-04 00:34:08 +02:00
Peng Xu
16689c7cfc hostapd: Allow ACS to be offloaded to the driver
Using QCA vendor command, allow ACS function to be offloaded to the
driver. Once channels are selected, hostapd is notified to perform OBSS
operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-03 22:31:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
994d6f4629 Add a name for an assigned QCA nl80211 vendor subcmd
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-02 23:36:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e48635cfb0 Rename QCA nl80211 vendor subcmds to match AOSP names
This makes the enum vendor_subcmds definitions more consistent with the
names used in Android.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-02 16:20:35 +02:00
Vivek Natarajan
b685e2aab7 atheros: Cleanup atheros_raw_receive to process all management frames
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qti.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-02 16:20:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
92e3c0b14c EAP-PAX: Derive EAP Session-Id
This adds EAP-PAX server and peer method functions for deriving
Session-Id from Method-Id per RFC 4746 and RFC 5247.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-01 01:46:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a7bec9e7b2 EAP-TTLS: Add support for deriving EMSK
This extends EAP-TTLS server and peer implementations to support EMSK
derivation per RFC 5281.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-01 01:28:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9429bee4cc EAP-TLS server: Clear temporary buffer during EMSK derivation
Now that EMSK derivation is taken into use with ERP, it is better to
make sure the temporary MSK + EMSK buffer does not get left in heap
after use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-01 01:28:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d1f89dd732 EAP server: Add getSessionId
This extends EAP server implementation to derive Session-Id similarly to
the existing EAP peer implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-30 15:53:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d68f74c5ff EAP peer: Clean up TLS Session-Id derivation function
The comment about library not supporting Session-Id derivation was not
accurate and there is no need to check for master key that is not used
as part of derivation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-30 15:53:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0a11409c00 Fix omac1_aes_128_vector() not to read beyond addr/len array
Previously, it was possible for the loop through the data components to
increment addr/len index at the last position beyond the declared size.
This resulted in reading beyond those arrays. The read values were not
used and as such, this was unlikely to cause noticeable issues, but
anyway, memory checkers can detect this and the correct behavior is to
stop increments before going beyond the arrays since no more bytes will
be processed after this anyway.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-30 15:53:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
631739b361 Clear WLAN_STA_ASSOC_REQ_OK on AP-initiated deauthentication
This flag was left in the STA entry for the short duration after the STA
gets deauthenticated. If the STA sends a Class 2 or 3 frame during that
short time, the AP would not have replied with Deauthentication frame
indicating no association is present.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-29 13:31:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0ecff8d7c3 Add hostapd driver_params config parameter
This is mainly for development testing purposes to allow driver_nl80211
behavior to be modified.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-29 13:24:42 +02:00